U.S. Population at Risk of Decline Without Immigration, CBO Report Warns

March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Birth Rates Insufficient to Sustain Population Growth

New data from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) suggests that without immigration, the U.S. birth rate will not be sufficient to maintain population levels. According to a report released Thursday, deaths have begun to outnumber live births in the U.S. since 2023, signaling a demographic shift that could lead to population decline.

Impact of Immigration Restrictions Under Trump Administration

The report’s findings come amid President Donald Trump’s immigration restrictions, which could further accelerate the decline in population. The projections, spanning 2025 through 2055, only consider policies in place as of January 6, 2025, and do not account for future changes under the Trump administration. Mass deportations could exacerbate the trend, leading to an even steeper population decline than projected.

Aging Population Poses Economic Challenges

With an aging population, workforce participation is expected to decrease, resulting in a higher proportion of Americans relying on entitlement programs such as Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid. The financial burden on these programs is set to grow, raising concerns about long-term sustainability.

U.S. Debt to GDP Ratio Set to Break Records

The report also warns that the U.S. debt-to-GDP ratio is projected to reach record levels by 2029, surpassing the previous high seen during World War II. Publicly held debt is expected to keep rising, reaching 156% of GDP by 2054. However, the deficit outlook has improved slightly compared to last year’s projections, thanks to spending policies enacted late in the Biden administration. Previously, the CBO estimated that U.S. debt would reach 168% of GDP by 2054, but the updated projection shows a lower debt trajectory.

Soaring Healthcare and Social Security Costs

Spending on major healthcare programs has historically accounted for 4.4% of GDP, but that figure is projected to nearly double to 8.1% by 2055. Similarly, Social Security costs—which have averaged 4.5% of GDP over the past 30 years—are expected to rise to 6.1% by 2055.

Declining Workforce Participation a Growing Concern

As the percentage of working-age Americans declines, the economy could face serious labor shortages and reduced economic productivity. Without sustained immigration or policy interventions, the shrinking workforce could further strain government resources and slow economic growth.

Global Religious Switching Trends: Christianity and Buddhism See Significant Losses as More People Become Unaffiliated

March 27, 2025March 31, 2025 Staff ReporterReligion 0

A significant portion of adults worldwide—up to a fifth or more in some countries—have left the religious traditions in which they were raised, with Christianity and Buddhism experiencing substantial losses due to religious switching. Meanwhile, the number of people identifying as religiously unaffiliated has been rising, according to Pew Research Center surveys conducted across 36 countries, involving nearly 80,000 respondents.

Understanding Religious Switching

Religious switching, as defined in this report, refers to a shift from the religious group in which a person was raised during childhood to their current religious identity in adulthood. The term “religious switching” is used instead of “conversion” since these changes occur in multiple directions, including from a religious identity to being unaffiliated.

The study considers transitions between major religious categories—such as from Buddhist to Christian or Hindu to unaffiliated—but does not track changes within a single religion, such as switching from one Christian denomination to another.

Global Variations in Religious Switching

The frequency of religious switching varies significantly by region. In some countries, changes in religious identity are rare. In India, Israel, Nigeria, and Thailand, at least 95% of adults still identify with the religious group they were raised in.

Conversely, religious switching is more prevalent in East Asia, Western Europe, North America, and South America. For instance, 50% of adults in South Korea, 36% in the Netherlands, 28% in the United States, and 21% in Brazil have left their childhood religion.

Religious Affiliations Gained Through Switching

Most religious switching has resulted in people joining the religiously unaffiliated category, which includes those identifying as atheists, agnostics, or “nothing in particular.” This pattern suggests that religious disaffiliation—people leaving their childhood faith and no longer identifying with any religion—is the dominant trend.

Many of those who disaffiliate were raised as Christians. For example, 29% of adults in Sweden were raised as Christians but now identify as atheists, agnostics, or religiously unaffiliated.

Buddhism has also seen losses due to disaffiliation. In Japan, 23% of adults who were raised Buddhist no longer identify with any religion, while in South Korea, this figure stands at 13%.

However, not all religious switching leads to disaffiliation. Some people move in the opposite direction. South Korea has the highest share of individuals (9%) who were raised without a religion but have since adopted one, with 6% of all South Korean adults saying they were raised unaffiliated but are now Christians.

In addition, about one in ten or more adults in Singapore (13%), South Africa (12%), and South Korea (11%) have switched between two religions.

Major Religious Trends by Country

Christianity, the world’s largest and most widespread religion, has historically been the predominant faith in 25 of the surveyed countries.

Islam, the second-largest religion globally, is predominant in six surveyed countries: Bangladesh, Indonesia, Malaysia, Nigeria, Tunisia, and Turkey. Nigeria is considered a religiously divided country, with both Christianity and Islam playing dominant roles.

Buddhism has historically been predominant in five countries surveyed: Japan, Singapore, Sri Lanka, South Korea, and Thailand. South Korea is unique in that both Buddhism and Christianity have had significant influence.

Hinduism is predominant in India, while Judaism is predominant in Israel.

Religious Groups Experiencing the Largest Losses

A key metric in analyzing religious switching is the net gain or loss of adherents, measured by comparing the number of people who have left a religion to those who have joined.

In most surveyed countries, Christianity has the highest ratio of people leaving versus joining, indicating the largest net losses. In Germany, for example, for every one person who has converted to Christianity, nearly 20 Germans have left the faith (a ratio of 19.7 to 1.0).

However, in some countries, Christianity has seen net gains. In Singapore, for every one person who has left Christianity, about three others have joined (a ratio of 1.0 to 3.2). In Nigeria, Christianity’s ratio of leaving to joining is balanced at 1.0 to 1.0.

Buddhism is also experiencing net losses due to disaffiliation in countries like Japan, Singapore, and South Korea, although not as severely as Christianity. In Japan, where Buddhism has experienced the greatest loss, the ratio of leaving to joining is 11.7 to 1.0.

The Biggest Gainer: The Religiously Unaffiliated

The religiously unaffiliated category has seen the most significant net gains from switching. In countries where a substantial portion of the population identifies as unaffiliated, far more people have left religion than have joined one.

For example, in Italy, the ratio of people leaving religion to those joining one is 1.0 to 28.7. This means that for every one person raised without a religion who later adopts one, nearly 29 people raised in a religion now identify as unaffiliated.

However, not all countries follow this trend. In Hungary, for every person who has become unaffiliated, nearly two others were raised without a religion but have since adopted one (a ratio of 1.9 to 1.0), with most of them becoming Christians.

Demographic Differences in Religious Switching

Age Differences

In most surveyed countries, younger and older adults have switched religions at similar rates. In Singapore, for instance, 29% of both younger adults (ages 18–34) and older adults (ages 50 and older) have switched religions.

However, in 13 countries—particularly in Latin America, Europe, and North America—younger adults are more likely than older adults to have switched religions. In Spain, 48% of adults aged 18–34 have changed their religious identity since childhood, compared to 36% of those aged 50 and older. Similarly, in Colombia, 34% of young adults have switched religions, compared to only 14% of the oldest adults.

In contrast, Australia presents a different trend, with younger adults being slightly less likely to switch religions than older adults (32% vs. 37%).

Regardless of age, most switching results in disaffiliation, with many younger people leaving Christianity. In Colombia, 26% of adults aged 18–34 who were raised Christian no longer identify with any religion, compared to just 9% of those aged 50 and older.

Some of these patterns may indicate long-term secularization trends, particularly in countries like Spain, Canada, Italy, and the U.S. However, it is also possible that some older adults who are now religious switched in and out of religion earlier in life.

Education and Religious Switching

In most countries, religious switching rates do not differ significantly based on education level. However, in 12 of the surveyed countries, people with higher levels of education are more likely to have switched religions.

The Netherlands shows the largest disparity: 42% of highly educated Dutch adults (those with a postsecondary degree) have changed religions, compared to 29% of those with lower levels of education.

Gender Differences

In most surveyed countries, men and women switch religions at similar rates. In South Korea, for example, 51% of women and 50% of men have changed their religious identity.

However, in six countries, men are significantly more likely than women to have switched religions. As with age and education differences, much of this switching involves disaffiliation, with people leaving Christianity or, in Japan, Buddhism.

Key Takeaways

Most people who currently identify as Christian were raised Christian, though Christianity has seen significant losses due to switching.
The religiously unaffiliated category has grown the most, largely due to people leaving Christianity or Buddhism.
Buddhism has seen declines in some countries but has remained stable in others.
Religious switching into and out of Islam is relatively low in most surveyed countries.
Judaism has high retention rates in both Israel and the U.S.
Nearly all people raised Hindu in India and Bangladesh still identify as Hindu.

These trends highlight ongoing religious shifts across the globe, with secularization playing a major role in many regions.

Uncertainty Looms Over Russia-Ukraine Black Sea Cease-Fire Deal

March 27, 2025March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

Russia and Ukraine have signaled their commitment to halting hostilities in the Black Sea, but it remains uncertain whether an agreement will take effect soon—if at all.

Moscow attached a significant condition to the deal, stating it would comply only if restrictions on its agricultural exports were lifted. The penalties, imposed by the United States and the European Union, would require a complex negotiation process to reverse.

Additionally, Kyiv and Moscow appear to have differing interpretations of the U.S.-brokered agreement announced on Tuesday. While Russia views the deal as a means to revive a 2022 U.N.-backed accord granting it control over commercial shipping in the Black Sea, Ukraine has insisted it will not allow the Russian Navy back into the western Black Sea, its primary maritime trade route.

Violations and Mistrust Persist

The deep-seated mistrust between the two nations was evident on Wednesday as both sides accused each other of breaching the truce. Ukraine reported an attack on its port city of Mykolaiv, while Moscow claimed to have shot down two Ukrainian drones over the Black Sea.

Russia’s demands indicate that it is in no rush to end the conflict. With a sympathetic administration in the White House and the upper hand on the battlefield, Moscow appears determined to extract maximum concessions before considering a cease-fire.

Russia’s Conditions for Compliance

The Kremlin has made clear that it will not agree to the cease-fire unless its state agriculture bank and other financial institutions involved in food and fertilizer trade are reconnected to the international payment system, Swift.

Given that Swift is headquartered in Belgium, the U.S. would have to convince European regulators to approve such a move. The White House has stated that it will “help restore Russia’s access to the world market for agricultural and fertilizer exports.”

Moscow is also demanding that Western companies resume deliveries of agricultural equipment to Russia and that sanctions on its food and fertilizer companies, shipping vessels, and insurers be lifted.

Despite sanctions, Russia’s agricultural exports remain strong. The country’s grain and fertilizer trade reached $45 billion in 2023, and it continues to export record-high volumes, according to Andrei Sizov, director of the Russian consultancy SovEcon.

Some experts warn that lifting sanctions on a Russian state bank could allow the Kremlin to bypass broader financial restrictions. “The minute you have a sanctions-free bank, you can use it for whatever you want,” said Aleksandr Kolyandr, a Russia analyst at the Center for European Policy Analysis. “It can be an instrument to crack the sanctions regime, but it is much easier to monitor just one bank.”

Ukraine’s Skepticism

While Kyiv has agreed to the maritime cease-fire, it remains wary of Moscow’s intentions.

President Volodymyr Zelensky criticized Russia’s demand for sanctions relief, stating it was “already trying to distort agreements.” He also expressed concerns that the U.S. commitment to facilitating Russian agricultural exports represented “a weakening of positions and a weakening of sanctions.”

With Russia’s demands and the conflicting interpretations of the deal, experts question what Ukraine stands to gain. Notably, the White House has not clarified whether the agreement would protect Ukrainian ports from Russian attacks or lead to the reopening of the ports of Mykolaiv and Kherson—key objectives for Ukraine during negotiations.

Kyiv also has little interest in reviving the 2022 U.N.-backed grain deal that Russia favors. That agreement allowed Ukraine to export grain through a designated Black Sea corridor but also granted Russia the authority to inspect commercial vessels for weapons.

Andrii Klymenko, head of the Black Sea Institute of Strategic Studies, noted that these inspections significantly delayed exports, making the route unprofitable. Since Russia withdrew from the deal, Ukraine has established its own shipping corridor, pushing the Russian Navy out of the western Black Sea and restoring grain exports to near prewar levels.

A Fragile Path Forward

Last week, Russian President Vladimir Putin agreed in a phone conversation with former U.S. President Donald Trump to halt attacks on Ukrainian energy infrastructure for 30 days. Ukraine, which has advocated for a broader cease-fire, followed suit. Both nations have reaffirmed their commitment to the temporary moratorium on energy strikes.

On Tuesday, the Kremlin outlined which facilities would be protected under the agreement, including refineries, pipelines, storage sites, nuclear plants, hydroelectric dams, and energy transmission infrastructure. However, Russia excluded gas and oil extraction sites—facilities that Ukraine claims have been frequent targets of Russian attacks and that Kyiv had included in its own cease-fire proposal.

The situation underscores Moscow’s strategy of appearing open to negotiations while making minimal concessions.

Ukraine’s Defense Minister Rustem Umerov acknowledged the complexities of the deal, stating on Tuesday that “additional technical consultations” were necessary to effectively implement the energy and maritime cease-fires.

With key details unresolved and both sides skeptical of each other’s commitments, the viability of the cease-fire remains uncertain.

Trump Announces 25% Tariff on Imported Cars and Parts, Sparking Industry Concerns

March 27, 2025March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

President Donald Trump has announced a 25% import tax on cars and car parts entering the U.S., a move he claims will drive job growth and investment in domestic manufacturing. The tariffs are set to take effect on April 2, with taxes on vehicle imports beginning the following day. Tariffs on parts will be implemented in May or later.

Trump described the measure as essential to revitalizing the American auto industry. “If you build your car in the United States, there is no tariff,” he stated. However, analysts warn that the policy could disrupt supply chains, increase vehicle prices, and strain trade relations with key allies.

Impact on Global Trade and Supply Chains

The U.S. imports roughly eight million cars annually, amounting to $240 billion in trade and nearly half of all vehicles sold domestically. Mexico is the largest supplier of cars to the U.S., followed by South Korea, Japan, Canada, and Germany. Many American car companies operate manufacturing facilities in Mexico and Canada under long-standing free trade agreements.

While tariffs on car parts from Canada and Mexico will be temporarily exempt while U.S. Customs and Border Protection sets up a system to assess duties, trade flows between these neighboring countries and the U.S. are expected to be significantly impacted. Goods worth billions of dollars cross these borders daily.

Market Reaction and Industry Concerns

Following Trump’s announcement, major automotive stocks declined. General Motors shares fell by approximately 3%, while Stellantis, the parent company of Jeep and Chrysler, saw a 3.6% drop. Tesla CEO Elon Musk acknowledged the policy’s impact, posting on X that “the tariff impact on Tesla is still significant.”

Auto manufacturers and industry leaders have raised concerns about the cost burden. The Anderson Economic Group estimates that tariffs on parts from Canada and Mexico alone could raise vehicle costs by $4,000 to $10,000, depending on the model.

The Role of Tariffs in Trump’s Economic Strategy

Trump’s new car tariffs are part of his broader agenda to protect American industries and encourage domestic production. Tariffs function as taxes on imported goods, which foreign companies must pay when bringing their products into the U.S. While this can benefit domestic manufacturers by making foreign competition more expensive, it also raises costs for businesses relying on imported materials and parts.

The Trump administration has argued that these measures are necessary to push companies to manufacture within the U.S. White House officials stated that they aim to have U.S. workers produce more parts rather than merely assembling imported components.

Despite the industry’s concerns, Trump hailed Hyundai’s recent $21 billion investment in the U.S. and its plans to build a steel plant in Louisiana as proof that tariffs work. “This is a clear demonstration that tariffs very strongly work,” he said.

International Reactions and Potential Retaliation

Trump’s tariff announcement has sparked criticism from U.S. trade partners. Japan, the world’s second-largest car exporter, vowed to consider “all options” in response. Shares of major Japanese automakers, including Toyota, Nissan, and Honda, fell sharply following the news.

In the U.K., Chancellor Rachel Reeves called the new tariffs “bad for the UK and bad for the US,” emphasizing ongoing negotiations to prevent the tariffs from applying to British exports. The U.S. is the U.K.’s second-largest car export market after the European Union.

Mike Hawes, CEO of the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (SMMT), urged both governments to “come together immediately and strike a deal that works for all.”

Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney condemned the decision as a “direct attack” on Canada’s automotive sector. Meanwhile, European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen said the EU would carefully review the new measures before formulating a response.

Adding to the tension, Trump threatened “far larger” tariffs against the EU and Canada if they coordinated economic measures against the U.S.

Broader Implications for the Auto Industry

The auto sector is already dealing with existing tariffs on steel and aluminum, which have increased production costs. Ford, General Motors, and other major automakers have urged the Trump administration to exclude the industry from additional tariffs to avoid further financial strain.

A 2024 study by the U.S. International Trade Commission estimated that a 25% tariff on car imports could reduce foreign vehicle sales in the U.S. by nearly 75% while raising average domestic car prices by approximately 5%.

Despite these concerns, United Auto Workers (UAW) union leader Shawn Fain, who had opposed Trump in the election, expressed cautious optimism. “The president is stepping up to end the free trade disaster that has devastated working-class communities for decades,” he said.

Meanwhile, Matt Blunt, head of the American Automotive Policy Council, reaffirmed the industry’s commitment to increasing U.S. production but warned that tariffs must be structured to prevent excessive price hikes for consumers.

Uncertain Future for U.S. Auto Manufacturing

With major trading partners preparing potential retaliatory measures and automakers reassessing supply chains, the long-term impact of Trump’s tariffs remains uncertain. While the administration argues that the policy will lead to more domestic jobs and investment, the auto industry fears it could bring higher costs, production disruptions, and strained international relationships.

As April 2 approaches, businesses, consumers, and policymakers alike will be watching closely to see how the tariffs reshape the U.S. automotive market and global trade dynamics.

U.S. Religious Freedom Panel Flags Deteriorating Minority Rights in India, Recommends Sanctions on RAW

March 27, 2025March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

A U.S. panel on religious freedom has raised concerns over the worsening treatment of minorities in India and has recommended sanctions against India’s external intelligence agency, the Research and Analysis Wing (RAW), over its alleged involvement in assassination plots targeting Sikh separatists.

The U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) also highlighted increased restrictions on religious activities in Vietnam, recommending that the communist-ruled nation be designated a “country of particular concern.”

Rising Concerns Over Religious Freedom in India

The commission’s annual report, released on Tuesday, stated that “religious freedom conditions in India continued to deteriorate in 2024, as attacks and discrimination against religious minorities continued to rise.”

It specifically criticized Hindu nationalist Prime Minister Narendra Modi and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) for allegedly spreading “hateful rhetoric and disinformation against Muslims and other religious minorities” during the 2023 election campaign.

The Indian government dismissed the report on Wednesday, calling it part of a pattern of “biased and politically motivated assessments.” Foreign Ministry spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal stated, “The USCIRF’s persistent attempts to misrepresent isolated incidents and cast aspersions on India’s vibrant multicultural society reflect a deliberate agenda rather than a genuine concern for religious freedom.”

Washington has been seeking closer ties with both India and Vietnam due to shared concerns over China’s growing influence in Asia. Analysts suggest that this strategic partnership has led the U.S. to overlook human rights issues in both countries.

U.S.-India Tensions Over Sikh Separatist Allegations

Since 2023, U.S.-India relations have been strained by allegations that India has targeted Sikh separatists abroad. The issue gained international attention when the U.S. charged former Indian intelligence officer Vikash Yadav in connection with a foiled plot against a Sikh activist. India considers Sikh separatists as security threats and has denied any involvement in such operations.

Modi, who has been in power since 2014, denies allegations of religious discrimination, insisting that his government’s initiatives, such as electrification and subsidy schemes, benefit all communities.

However, rights groups have pointed to a rise in hate speech, the implementation of anti-conversion laws, and the revocation of Kashmir’s special status as examples of policies that disproportionately affect minorities. The U.N. has described India’s citizenship law as “fundamentally discriminatory.”

USCIRF Recommends Sanctions, But Implementation Unlikely

The USCIRF has urged the U.S. government to classify India as a “country of particular concern” due to religious freedom violations and to impose targeted sanctions against Yadav and RAW.

Despite these recommendations, it is unlikely that the U.S. will sanction RAW, as the panel’s suggestions are not binding. The commission is an independent, bipartisan advisory body that monitors religious freedom and provides policy recommendations to the U.S. government.

Religious Restrictions in Vietnam Also Criticized

The USCIRF report also criticized Vietnam’s new decree, issued earlier this month, which grants authorities increased power to demand financial records from religious organizations and suspend religious activities for vaguely defined “serious violations.”

As of December, the commission’s Freedom of Religion or Belief Victims List included over 80 individuals imprisoned in Vietnam for practicing their faith or advocating for religious freedom.

The Vietnamese embassy has not yet responded to the report.

Strategic Interests vs. Human Rights Concerns

While the USCIRF continues to call for stronger actions against India and Vietnam over religious freedom concerns, U.S. foreign policy has largely prioritized strategic partnerships with both countries. Given Washington’s focus on countering China’s influence in the region, analysts believe that human rights concerns may continue to take a backseat to geopolitical interests.

USCIRF Report Highlights Global Religious Freedom Violations, Urges TrumpAdministration Action

March 27, 2025March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterReligion 0

The U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) has released its annual report, identifying the world’s worst violators of religious liberty and urging the new Trump administration to appoint an ambassador-at-large for international religious freedom.

Published on March 25, the 2025 report largely mirrors the findings of the previous year, reflecting continued or worsening conditions in many nations.

“The administration of President Donald J. Trump faces a complex international environment in which to build on its previous success of centering religious freedom as a cornerstone of foreign policy and global leadership,” the report states. “Confirming this commitment to advancing freedom of religion or belief will require calibration and joint action with like-minded governments.”

Calls for Congressional Action

USCIRF’s eight commissioners have urged Congress to prohibit visits from representatives of governments deemed egregious violators of religious freedom.

“Lobbyists paid to represent the interests of governments that kill, torture, imprison, or otherwise persecute their populations because of what religion they practice or what beliefs they hold should not be welcome in the halls of Capitol Hill,” the commission stated.

The report also calls for a successor to Rashad Hussain, whose tenure as ambassador-at-large for international religious freedom ended with the Biden administration. Hussain was recently named a distinguished senior fellow at the Institute for Global Engagement, a think tank promoting religious freedom.

USCIRF Chair Stephen Schneck emphasized the need for a high-level appointee. “I think what’s critical here is an ambassador who has access, not only to Secretary (of State Marco) Rubio, but has access to the White House directly,” Schneck told RNS in an interview. “It needs to be somebody, I think, of that level, given the big uptick in violations of freedom of religion or belief around the world that we’re seeing right now.”

Countries of Particular Concern

USCIRF, an independent bipartisan body reauthorized through September 2026, annually recommends countries for the State Department’s designation as “of particular concern” (CPCs) for committing “systematic, egregious, and ongoing” violations of religious freedom.

The 2025 report calls for the redesignation of 12 countries:

Burma
China
Cuba
Eritrea
Iran
Nicaragua
North Korea
Pakistan
Russia
Saudi Arabia
Tajikistan
Turkmenistan

Additionally, USCIRF recommends adding four more nations to the CPC list:

Afghanistan
India
Nigeria
Vietnam

Last year, USCIRF sought similar redesignations and also recommended Azerbaijan’s inclusion. This year, it urges Azerbaijan to remain on the State Department’s special watch list, alongside Algeria.

Further, USCIRF seeks to add several countries to the special watch list, including:

Egypt
Indonesia
Iraq
Kazakhstan
Kyrgyzstan
Malaysia
Sri Lanka
Syria
Turkey
Uzbekistan

Rising Concerns Over Religious Liberty

Schneck, who was appointed by President Joe Biden, underscored the lack of progress in improving religious freedom worldwide.

“It’s become much worse in several places, including Iran, Nicaragua, and, frankly, Russia,” he said, attributing the trend to authoritarian regimes and religious nationalism in countries such as Myanmar, India, and Turkey. “We’re not seeing progress. In fact, in most of the countries on this list, we’re seeing regress.”

For the second consecutive year, USCIRF also called for appointing a special envoy for Nigeria and the Lake Chad region, where religious violence has escalated.

Concerns Over Policy Shifts Under Trump

Schneck expressed disappointment that the State Department had not issued its latest designations of religious freedom violators before the Biden administration ended or since Trump returned to office.

While the report acknowledges the Biden administration’s funding of hundreds of millions of dollars in humanitarian aid through USAID—supporting persecuted religious groups like Muslim Rohingya refugees and Syrians—Schneck pointed to a halt in funding under the new administration.

“As I understand, all of the freezes are still in place that affect those USAID programs,” Schneck said. “We’re very hopeful that the new administration will act quickly to resolve some of these situations so that some really needed programs to protect religious freedom on the ground in different parts of the world can be funded appropriately.”

Schneck also raised concerns about refugee protections, warning that recent policy changes could jeopardize asylum seekers fleeing religious persecution.

“We are concerned about anything that makes it more difficult for refugees to flee from religious persecution to find safe haven,” he said.

Push for Legislative Action

USCIRF’s report calls for permanent reauthorization of the commission itself and continued support for the bipartisan Lautenberg Amendment, which facilitates resettlement of religious minorities from Iran and former Soviet states.

Resilience Amid Persecution

The report highlights individuals who have maintained their religious beliefs despite facing discrimination, antisemitism, Islamophobia, and other hostilities.

“One of the most heartening things that we see around the world is the resilience of people to stand up for their faith or their lack of faith, for that matter, their principles,” Schneck said. He praised young Iranians and churchgoers in authoritarian nations but stressed that the broader global situation remains troubling.

“The larger picture doesn’t change,” he said. “We are concerned about what looks like a decaying picture for freedom of religion.”

Elon Musk’s Role in Global Politics Highlights India’s Evolving Economic Model

March 27, 2025March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

In April 2024, Elon Musk was scheduled to visit India to meet Prime Minister Narendra Modi and announce a multibillion-dollar Tesla factory investment. However, at the last moment, he canceled the trip and instead flew to China. This abrupt change of plans triggered a wave of critical headlines in the Indian media. Even before Musk’s rising influence in a potential second Donald Trump administration, this incident underscored his unique role as a key player in engaging with Asia’s emerging industrial giants.

Musk represents much of what India seeks in its relationship with the United States—significant investment, technological advancements, and now, a direct link to the White House. Conversely, India’s economic structure, where billionaire industrialists maintain close ties with political leaders, provides insight into a shifting U.S. economic landscape. Increasingly, tycoons like Musk serve not just as facilitators of industrial policy but also as intermediaries of political influence.

Over the past few decades, India’s political leadership and its business moguls have formed increasingly strong alliances. Prominent billionaires like Mukesh Ambani and Gautam Adani lead massive corporate empires with influence extending across nearly every sector of Indian life. Their business dominance has been highly profitable, with both ranking among Asia’s wealthiest individuals. As of mid-March, Ambani and Adani were listed on Forbes’ real-time billionaire rankings with net worths of $92 billion and $57 billion, respectively.

In this environment, accusations of crony capitalism—where business elites and political figures collaborate for mutual benefit—are common. The country’s main opposition leader, Rahul Gandhi, made this a focal point of his campaign in last year’s general election, which Modi won decisively.

However, the nature of government-business relationships in India has evolved since Modi’s rise to power in 2014. In The Billionaire Raj, I detail the period of the 2000s and early 2010s, which was marked by rampant corruption and cronyism. During this time, India had a weak yet personally upright prime minister, Manmohan Singh, who presided over what became known as the “season of scams.” The era was riddled with corruption scandals involving billions of dollars, with allegations spanning various sectors, including telecommunications, coal, and iron ore.

Even then, corruption in India was not a matter of simple bribes in envelopes or suitcases—it was far more sophisticated. Nonetheless, many viewed the situation as spiraling out of control. “Every cabinet minister was a sovereign enterprise,” an observer of Indian business once told me, only slightly exaggerating the extent to which political leaders were implicated in financial scandals.

Under Modi, this dynamic has changed. Like Singh, Modi is known for his personal integrity. Although corruption has not vanished, large-scale scandals have significantly declined. Today, few government ministers would risk embezzlement, fearing repercussions from India’s politically dominant prime minister.

India’s economic model is now increasingly resembling the structured crony capitalism seen in East and Southeast Asia in past decades. For example, Malaysia under Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad in the 1980s and South Korea during President Park Chung-hee’s rule in the 1970s followed a similar pattern. These systems saw select business magnates forging close relationships with political leaders in exchange for constructing crucial infrastructure like airports, telecommunications networks, and buildings.

Under Modi, the role of India’s ultra-rich has become more strategically aligned with political objectives. Politicians collaborate with these billionaires because they can execute large-scale projects swiftly. If these business figures then receive financial or regulatory advantages in other areas as a result of their government connections—much like during India’s previous corruption scandals—that is seen as a justifiable compromise.

Musk’s role in Trump’s administration is unprecedented, spanning high-level politics, industrial policy, and even global diplomacy. No Indian industrialist enjoys Musk’s level of global recognition and influence. However, in a broader sense, the United States and India appear to be converging in their economic models. India’s crony capitalism has become more structured and efficient under Modi, while in the U.S., Trump’s administration is moving in the opposite direction. America’s historical system of open markets and fair competition is being replaced by one in which business leaders aligned with Trump receive special advantages. This shift marks a departure from a rules-based economic framework.

The long-term risks of this billionaire-politician nexus, despite its short-term benefits—such as increased investment and improved infrastructure—are substantial. One major concern is the potential for instability. Trump’s economic approach, which relies on deals with select business leaders, is fragile because it collapses if conflicts arise between him and his favored tycoons. An economic system dependent on seamless cooperation between industrialists and politicians is inherently vulnerable to disagreements and power struggles.

While billionaire entrepreneurs are often portrayed as independent visionaries in the public imagination—akin to characters from an Ayn Rand novel—the reality in autocratic-leaning states tells a different story. Across countries like India, China, and Russia, and increasingly in Trump’s America, business magnates function more as dependents than as power wielders. Despite their wealth, Adani and Ambani remain cautious in their dealings with Modi, much like Jack Ma in China with President Xi Jinping or Russian oligarchs with President Vladimir Putin. Even Musk has been noticeably deferential to Trump in recent interviews, seemingly aware that his privileged position is not guaranteed. Ultimately, in a system where industrialists and political leaders are closely linked, it is the politicians who hold real power.

India’s economic trajectory, however, does offer some reasons for optimism. While its initial phase of crony capitalism was marked by chaos and self-interest, it has gradually shifted toward a more streamlined and less overtly corrupt system. There is hope that a more rules-based economic order may eventually emerge.

Conversely, the United States appears to be moving toward a system rife with favoritism and financial misconduct. Under Trump and Musk, the nation is approaching what could be described as a new era of kleptocracy. The concern is that America’s own “season of scams” may not be far off.

Mayor Eric Adams Engages with Indian Community Leaders in Roundtable Discussion

March 27, 2025March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

On Thursday, March 20, 2025, New York City Mayor Eric Adams participated in a roundtable discussion with Indian community leaders to engage in direct dialogue with them and senior members of his administration. The meeting provided a platform for addressing concerns raised by the Indian American community.

The event was attended by representatives from various city agencies, including the Community Affairs Unit, Department of Buildings, Department of Small Business Services, New York City Police Department, Mayor’s Office of Food Policy, Mayor’s Office of Nonprofit Services, Mayor’s Office of Minority and Women-Owned Business Enterprises, and the Mayor’s Office of International Affairs.

The primary focus of the meeting was to discuss pressing issues affecting the Indian American community, which has been vocal about its concerns regarding the current administration’s policies and actions.

Addressing the gathering of more than 50 representatives from Indian American organizations, Adams acknowledged the significant contributions of the Indian diaspora in New York City. He recognized that over 220,000 Indians play a vital role in various sectors, strengthening the city’s economy and cultural fabric.

Adams reassured the leaders that his administration was committed to addressing their concerns and fulfilling their requests. “Our administration is laser-focused on not only listening to your concerns on issues like public safety and inclusive food options, but making concrete steps to address them,” he stated.

Community Affairs Unit Commissioner Fred Kreizman facilitated introductions between the community leaders and key figures within the city’s administration. Dilip Chauhan, Deputy Commissioner for Trade, Investment, and Innovation at the Mayor’s Office of International Affairs, affirmed Adams’ dedication to the Indian American community and underscored the importance of collaboration in addressing their issues.

Welcoming everyone to the discussion, Adams expressed gratitude for the ongoing support from the Indian community. He then handed over the floor to Chauhan to continue the conversation.

A community leader who attended the meeting but chose to remain anonymous noted that while attendees were given the opportunity to voice their concerns, the one-hour duration of the meeting was not sufficient for everyone to be heard. The most frequently raised concerns included securing dedicated spaces for community organizations and addressing parking shortages. Additionally, discussions covered the need for vegetarian meal options in hospitals, an issue that has been a longstanding concern for many within the community.

Other topics brought up during the discussion included the availability of community spaces, expansion of the mayor’s Breaking Bread, Building Bonds program, the rise in shoplifting and theft affecting small businesses, the impact of repeat offenders on crime rates, mental health resources, the promotion of religious and cultural harmony, and increasing cultural competency within city agencies.

Community leaders acknowledged Adams’ initiatives to improve public safety and expressed appreciation for his efforts in supporting the Indian American community. They specifically thanked him for declaring Diwali a public school holiday, backing plant-based meal programs, and promoting Indian culture through city-led initiatives.

In response, Adams reassured the leaders of his administration’s dedication to fostering a more inclusive environment for the Indian American community. He emphasized his commitment to working with community partners to secure spaces for Indian organizations, enhancing cultural awareness of Hinduism, Sikhism, and Jainism, and supporting key faith-based events.

“We heard from Indian small business owners, nonprofit founders, and cultural leaders, all of whom work each day to improve our city and strengthen our communities. We are committed to working with them to ensure New York City is the best place to raise a family and thrive,” Adams said.

Senior members of the mayor’s administration provided updates on ongoing initiatives, including expanding the availability of religiously inclusive, plant-based meals in New York City hospitals and increasing support for minority- and women-owned businesses. Adams also assigned specific concerns raised during the meeting to senior officials in his administration, ensuring follow-up and action on the issues discussed.

Supreme Court Upholds Biden-Era Regulations on Ghost Guns

March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

The U.S. Supreme Court on Wednesday upheld Biden-era federal regulations on ghost guns, mail-order kits that allow individuals to assemble untraceable firearms at home. The ruling marks a significant victory for gun control advocates at a time when the court’s conservative majority has generally moved to the right on gun laws.

Justice Neil Gorsuch wrote the 7-2 majority opinion, which included both liberal and conservative justices. “Perhaps a half hour of work is required before anyone can fire a shot,” Gorsuch noted, emphasizing that these kits contain all necessary components to build a fully functional firearm. “Really, the kit’s name says it all: ‘Buy Build Shoot.’”

Regulations and Rising Concerns

The regulations, introduced by the Biden administration in 2022, require ghost gun manufacturers to include serial numbers on the kits and conduct background checks on purchasers. The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) implemented the rules in response to a dramatic rise in ghost guns appearing at crime scenes. In 2017, authorities submitted about 1,600 ghost guns for tracing, but by 2021, that number had surged to more than 19,000.

Several individuals and manufacturers challenged the regulations, arguing that the kits were merely firearm parts rather than weapons. However, the Supreme Court ultimately sided with the ATF’s interpretation of the 1968 Gun Control Act, which mandates background checks and serial numbers for firearms sold by manufacturers and dealers.

It remains unclear how former President Donald Trump’s administration, if re-elected, would approach the issue. In February, Trump signed an order directing the Attorney General to review gun regulations imposed during Biden’s presidency.

Gorsuch Cites Technological Advances

Gorsuch highlighted the significant changes in firearm manufacturing since the passage of the 1968 law. At that time, the cost of milling equipment and raw materials made home gun production impractical for most individuals.

“With the introduction of new technologies like 3D printing and reinforced polymers, that is no longer true,” Gorsuch wrote. “Today, companies are able to make and sell weapon parts kits that individuals can assemble into functional firearms in their own homes.”

A Rare Gun Control Victory

Despite the conservative tilt of the Supreme Court, this case saw a mix of ideological alliances. The ruling contrasts with the court’s decision last year to strike down a ban on bump stocks, which allow semi-automatic rifles to fire at machine gun speeds.

Prior to hearing oral arguments, the justices had already indicated some support for the Biden administration’s position. In an emergency ruling, the court had voted 5-4 to allow the ATF regulation to remain in effect while litigation proceeded.

While the Biden administration views the ruling as a win for public safety, the decision has drawn criticism from gun rights advocates. The Firearms Policy Coalition, one of the groups that challenged the ATF rule, called the ruling “misguided” and pledged to continue fighting for gun rights.

“This is only one battle in a multi-generational war over the scope of government and the pre-existing right to keep and bear arms,” the group said in a statement.

Dissenting Opinion from Justice Thomas

Justice Clarence Thomas was among the two dissenting justices, arguing that the ATF exceeded its authority.

“Congress could have authorized ATF to regulate any part of a firearm or any object readily convertible into one. But it did not,” Thomas wrote. “I would adhere to the words Congress enacted.”

The lawsuit against the regulation originated in Texas, where a U.S. district court struck down the rule. The conservative 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals mostly upheld that decision before the Supreme Court reversed it.

Debate Over Hobbyists and Firearm Kits

During oral arguments in October, several conservative justices expressed skepticism about claims that ghost gun kits were primarily for gunsmithing hobbyists. Chief Justice John Roberts dismissed the idea that assembling these kits was equivalent to restoring a classic car.

“Drilling a hole or two, I would think, doesn’t give the same sort of reward that you get from working on your car on the weekends,” Roberts told the manufacturers’ attorney. “My understanding is that it’s not terribly difficult for someone to do this.”

Gun control advocates hailed the ruling as a crucial step in addressing the rise of untraceable weapons.

“Ghost guns are the gun industry’s way of skirting commonsense gun laws and arming dangerous people without background checks,” said David Pucino, legal director of the Giffords Law Center. “We are thrilled that the Supreme Court has upheld the ATF rule that treats ghost guns as what they are: guns.”

With the decision now in place, the ATF will continue enforcing regulations that ensure ghost gun kits undergo the same scrutiny as traditional firearms, requiring serial numbers and background checks to curb their use in crimes.

U.S. Embassy Cancels 2,000 Visa Appointments in India Amid Fraud Crackdown

March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterNews 0

The U.S. Embassy in India has canceled approximately 2,000 visa appointments after uncovering major scheduling violations by fraudulent agents, signaling an intensified crackdown on visa fraud. The embassy, in a statement shared on X, revealed that “bad actors” had manipulated the appointment system, prompting the immediate cancellation of their bookings and suspension of related accounts.

“Consular Team India identified bad actors who made about 2,000 visa appointments that violated our scheduling policies,” the embassy stated. “Effective immediately, we are canceling these appointments and suspending the associated accounts’ scheduling privileges. We have zero tolerance for agents and fixers that violate our scheduling policies.”

Ongoing Investigation by Delhi Police

This action follows an ongoing probe by Delhi Police, initiated after the U.S. Embassy in New Delhi’s Chanakyapuri filed a complaint on February 27. The First Information Report (FIR) implicates over 30 individuals from Punjab and Haryana in visa fraud schemes between May and August 2024.

According to the FIR, visa agents and applicants conspired to forge documents, including bank statements, educational certificates, and employment records, to secure U.S. visas. U.S. authorities flagged at least 21 cases in which applicants submitted fraudulent claims with the help of agents and document vendors.

Investigators discovered that applicants were charged between ₹1 lakh and ₹15 lakh for these fraudulent services. One applicant, Chamkaur Singh, admitted during his visa interview that he had never worked in the job position listed in his application. He disclosed that his visa agent had fabricated his employment details to cover a gap in his work history and had also submitted fake bank documents in his and his father’s name. Singh further revealed that his father had agreed to pay ₹13 lakh if the visa was approved.

Tracking Fraudulent Activity

The embassy’s internal investigation tracked IP addresses linked to various consultants and document vendors, identifying patterns of fraudulent behavior across multiple applications. Authorities have since registered cases under Sections 318, 336, and 340 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, along with Section 66(D) of the IT Act. Raids are currently underway to locate others involved in the fraud network.

Labeling the issue as “a serious security matter that affects both the United States and India,” the U.S. Embassy has urged Indian authorities to expedite the investigation. The embassy’s crackdown reflects heightened scrutiny of visa applications, with a strong warning against the use of unauthorized agents and fixers.

U.S. Citizens and Legal Residents Face Increased Border Scrutiny Amid New Immigration Policies

March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterTravel 0

Keylin Rivera’s worst fears materialized when she returned from a spring break trip to Curaçao. A U.S.-Colombian dual citizen, Rivera landed in Charlotte, North Carolina, for a layover before heading to Boston. At the airport’s Global Entry kiosk, her passport flagged her for additional screening. While this had happened before, she was usually cleared quickly. This time, however, officials escorted her to a back room, questioned her about her trip, and searched her luggage. Told it was a random check, she was eventually allowed to continue her journey but remained deeply unsettled.

“There’s so much uncertainty. We don’t know what could happen, and I’ve been really anxious about traveling in general,” said Rivera, a Harvard graduate student and former Biden administration appointee. Expecting heightened scrutiny, she had deleted her social media apps and removed Face ID from her phone before her trip. “I guess my question is, why wasn’t anyone else stopped? Why was I the only one?” she asked.

Her concerns reflect growing anxiety among U.S. citizens and legal residents over increased border scrutiny under the Trump administration. With reports of detentions, deportations, and visa cancellations, many are reconsidering international travel, fearing they could be flagged upon reentry.

Stricter Vetting Under the Trump Administration

Immigration lawyer Glenn Schieck of Harter Secrest & Emery LLP noted that officers now face directives to conduct “enhanced vetting” on those entering the U.S. “We are going to see more activity at the border,” he said. The Trump administration’s executive order from Jan. 20 emphasizes national security and mandates a review of visa issuance programs, with a possible travel ban affecting over 40 countries.

According to the order, the U.S. must ensure that foreign nationals “do not bear hostile attitudes toward its citizens, culture, government, institutions, or founding principles, and do not advocate for, aid, or support designated foreign terrorists.” Schieck believes this directive is leading to increased questioning at ports of entry.

Recent incidents highlight these stricter measures. Earlier this month, Lebanese physician and Brown University professor Rasha Alawieh was detained at Boston Logan International Airport after U.S. Customs and Border Protection found Hezbollah-related media on her phone. Her visa was revoked, and she was deported.

Colleges are warning international students about traveling abroad, particularly those who have been vocal about political conflicts, such as the Israel-Hamas war. A South Korean Columbia University student, Yunseo Chung, is facing deportation, while an Indian Ph.D. student recently self-deported to Canada.

Reports also suggest border officials are increasingly searching travelers’ electronic devices, adding to the uncertainty. “Things are changing quickly, and people don’t know if they will have trouble at the border or not,” Schieck said.

Legal Residents and Visa Holders Face Unprecedented Scrutiny

Lynn Damiano Pearson, a senior staff attorney at the National Immigration Law Center, noted that even individuals with valid immigration status face growing obstacles. “There’s been an extreme escalation of scrutiny and tougher actions against people with legal status,” she said.

The Trump administration’s potential travel ban, expected to take effect as early as Friday, could impact legal immigrants from affected countries. “We may see internal enforcement, including visa cancellations,” Pearson warned.

Even U.S. citizens in territories like Puerto Rico and Guam should not face travel issues, she said. However, she acknowledged concerns over racial profiling. “This escalation impacts all of us, citizens and immigrants alike,” Pearson said.

Americans Worry About Returning Home

Ginny Williams, a freelance writer with U.S.-U.K. dual citizenship, has lived in Kent, England, for over a decade. She plans to visit her aging parents in the U.S. in six months but fears complications at the border.

“I’m really concerned about going back,” she admitted. “If my parents weren’t elderly, I wouldn’t go.” She compared the current situation to pandemic-era travel restrictions but noted that “this time, it’s due to politics.”

Given recent events, Williams is considering deleting her social media accounts before traveling. “I just want to be safe,” she said.

Border Agents Have Broad Discretion

Schieck emphasized that border officials have significant authority when questioning travelers. “They have broad discretion to investigate, ask questions, and determine the purpose of someone’s trip,” he explained. “It applies whether you’re a citizen or a permanent resident.”

Misrepresentation at the border can lead to serious consequences, he added. A British tourist was recently detained in Washington for weeks after being denied entry into Canada due to an incorrect visa.

Pearson reassured green card holders that they should not experience problems if their documents are in order. However, she urged travelers to know their rights, including requesting an attorney if detained.

Uncertainty Dampens Travel Enthusiasm

Rivera remains discouraged by the heightened scrutiny and the political divisions it exacerbates. “I wish the administration didn’t see people who oppose their views as the enemy,” she said. “I’m not the enemy—I want them to succeed.”

Despite her concerns, she is set to travel again this week. “I know I’m not doing anything wrong. I’m a U.S. citizen,” she said. “But I hate that the joy I had in traveling is being taken away.”

Dr. Aparna Hegde Featured in ‘Nevertheless’ Docuseries on Women Changemakers

March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterWomen 0

Dr. Aparna Hegde, an Indian physician and social entrepreneur, is among three women changemakers featured in Nevertheless: The Women Changing the World, a new docuseries produced by the Elevate Prize Foundation, a Miami-based non-profit. The series, which premiered on March 25 on YouTube as part of Women’s History Month, highlights the work of women breaking barriers and reshaping global systems.

Hegde, a urogynecologist and founder of Armman, has pioneered the use of mobile technology to improve maternal and child healthcare in India. Under her leadership, Armman has built the world’s largest mobile-based healthcare network, delivering crucial medical information and training to millions of women and healthcare workers. Her initiative has helped transform pregnancy and childbirth from an experience of fear into one of empowerment for many Indian women.

The Nevertheless series, produced under Elevate Prize Foundation’s storytelling division, Elevate Studios, features intimate interviews and behind-the-scenes footage, offering an unfiltered look at the struggles and triumphs of its subjects. The Elevate Prize Foundation announced the launch of Elevate Studios at the 2025 Sundance Film Festival.

Alongside Hegde, the series profiles Teresa Njoroge of Clean Start Africa, who works with incarcerated women in Kenya, and Cindy Eggleton of Brilliant Cities, who focuses on tackling poverty and urban inequality in Detroit.

“It is more critical than ever that we tell these stories,” said Carolina García Jayaram, CEO of the Elevate Prize Foundation, in a statement. “Women’s progress is being threatened in many parts of the world. These changemakers prove what is possible when courage meets passion.”

The three-part series, directed by Ramy and Sharra Romany, will release episodes weekly, with Hegde’s story debuting on April 8. The project marks the first major release from Elevate Studios, which aims to use media to amplify social impact.

By choosing YouTube as its platform, the foundation hopes to make these stories widely accessible, countering misinformation and division with narratives of resilience and systemic change. “These women remind us that hope is not lost,” said Eva Bloomfield, producer of Nevertheless. “They show us the good we are all capable of—and that is the power of story.”

Hegde’s episode will provide a deep dive into how technology-driven solutions can reshape public health. For millions of women in India, her work is not just about healthcare—it is about dignity, survival, and agency in a system that has long neglected them.

The Ancient Olive Tree of Vouves: A Testament to Time and Resilience

March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterEnvironment 0

Nestled in the heart of Crete, where myth converges with natural splendor, stands the legendary olive tree of Vouves. This ancient marvel, estimated to be at least 2,000 years old, has silently borne witness to the rise and fall of civilizations, outlasting even some of Greece’s most renowned historical figures.

For centuries, olive trees have been revered not only for their fruit and oil but also for their remarkable resilience. These trees symbolize endurance, wisdom, and continuity, standing as nature’s unwavering sentinels. In a world where time erodes most living things, the olive tree of Vouves serves as a powerful reminder that life can persist against all odds.

Scientists, historians, and nature enthusiasts alike have been captivated by the tree’s storied past, which offers rare insight into the evolutionary processes that allow certain organisms to survive for millennia. With its gnarled trunk and sprawling branches, the tree stands as a living testament to a lineage that defies time.

A Living Relic of History

The olive tree of Vouves is among the oldest living olive trees in the world, with estimates of its age ranging from 2,000 to as many as 4,000 years. If it is indeed closer to the upper end of this estimate, the tree may have existed before the time of Alexander the Great and Pythagoras.

Unlike younger olive trees, this ancient specimen possesses extraordinary adaptations that have allowed it to endure the passage of time. Its robust, weathered trunk and intricate root network have enabled it to survive harsh droughts, climate fluctuations, fires, and human activity—all while continuing to produce fruit.

The tree’s structural composition is a direct result of both genetic inheritance and the tumultuous environment in which it has thrived. Its resilience has made it a focal point for botanists and biologists who study longevity and adaptation in long-lived species.

Beyond its scientific significance, the olive tree of Vouves carries profound cultural meaning. Older than even the Parthenon, it is woven into the fabric of Greek heritage. Archaeologists and historians have unearthed ancient myths and legends that elevate the significance of olive trees as sacred entities, fueling discussions about the true age and importance of the Vouves tree.

The Secrets Behind Its Longevity

One of the key reasons behind the olive tree of Vouves’ extraordinary lifespan is its ability to regenerate through vegetative or clonal reproduction. At the core of this process is the “root mother,” an underground network that stabilizes the tree while enabling new growth to emerge even as the visible structure above ground ages.

This regenerative capacity acts as a biological time capsule, allowing the tree to withstand environmental challenges that would prove fatal to less adaptable species. Even if the tree were to be burned, cut down, or severely damaged, the root mother would continue to generate new shoots, ensuring its survival.

Over the centuries, the olive tree of Vouves has successfully utilized this genetic blueprint to produce genetically identical offshoots. This form of clonal propagation is one of nature’s most effective survival strategies in an ever-changing climate.

At a cellular level, olive trees possess unique biochemical mechanisms that repair damaged tissues and protect against pathogens. These processes involve antioxidants and stress-response proteins, which maintain cellular integrity over centuries.

Additionally, the oil produced by these trees offers benefits beyond human consumption. It contains antimicrobial and antifungal properties that serve as a natural defense mechanism, further contributing to the tree’s biological “immortality.”

A Versatile and Essential Tree

Olive trees are not merely ancient relics; they play an essential role in environmental sustainability and human well-being. The olives they bear are rich in polyphenols, vitamins, and healthy fats—compounds that have been extensively researched for their health benefits. Studies suggest that olive consumption contributes to cardiovascular health, reduces inflammation, and even holds potential anticancer properties.

The production of olive oil remains a vital industry, supporting sustainable agricultural practices and providing livelihoods for communities across southern Europe and beyond. The transformation of olives into oil has been central to Mediterranean economies and culinary traditions since antiquity. Large-scale cultivation, while a more recent development in modern history, continues to reinforce the significance of this ancient tree.

Beyond culinary uses, olive oil has long held a place in cosmetics, medicine, and religious rituals. Its presence in both ancient ceremonies and modern kitchens underscores the deep-rooted cultural and practical importance of the olive tree.

The groves where olive trees grow serve a critical role in maintaining ecological balance. These landscapes contribute to biodiversity, prevent soil erosion, and enhance water retention. Olive groves also provide habitats for various species, reinforcing their value beyond the scope of botanical study.

The Symbolism of Olive Trees in Culture

Throughout history, olive trees have been deeply ingrained in cultural and spiritual traditions. In ancient Greece, they were considered sacred and were associated with Athena, the goddess of wisdom. According to legend, the first olive tree was a divine gift from Athena to the people of Athens, symbolizing peace and prosperity.

Olive branches have also been used as symbols of victory, peace, and endurance. Victors in ancient Olympic Games were crowned with olive wreaths, and the olive branch continues to be a global emblem of harmony and reconciliation.

The tree’s significance extends beyond Greece, as olive cultivation has shaped societies across the Mediterranean. From religious ceremonies in Christianity, Judaism, and Islam to traditional medicinal applications in various cultures, olive trees remain an enduring symbol of human civilization.

The Future of the Olive Tree of Vouves

As climate change threatens ecosystems worldwide, the longevity of ancient trees like the olive tree of Vouves offers valuable lessons in resilience. Scientists continue to study these trees in the hope of understanding how their genetic makeup and adaptive strategies could inform conservation efforts and sustainable agricultural practices.

Efforts to preserve the olive tree of Vouves are ongoing, with conservationists and local authorities working to protect its legacy. The tree has become a major attraction, drawing visitors from around the world who come to marvel at its extraordinary history.

Given its unique ability to withstand adversity, the tree serves as both a scientific curiosity and an inspiration for future generations. It stands as a testament to nature’s enduring strength and the intricate balance that allows life to persist for millennia.

A Legacy Rooted in Time

The olive tree of Vouves is more than just a botanical marvel; it is a living bridge between the past, present, and future. Its ancient roots intertwine with the history of civilizations, while its ongoing survival provides insight into the resilience of nature.

Whether admired for its historical significance, scientific intrigue, or cultural symbolism, the olive tree of Vouvesremains a remarkable example of nature’s ability to endure. As researchers continue to explore its secrets, and visitors pay homage to its lasting presence, one thing is certain—the story of this ancient tree is far from over.

Bank of America to Appoint Vikram Sahu as India Country Executive

March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterMoney 0

Bank of America Corp is preparing to name Vikram Sahu as the new country executive for its India operations, according to an internal memo reviewed by Reuters.

Sahu, who currently serves as the head of global equity research and is based in New York, will succeed Kaku Nakhate in the role.

As per the memo, Sahu is expected to relocate to India in the second quarter of the year to take charge of the bank’s India franchise.

Nakhate, who has led Bank of America’s India business for 15 years, will continue to serve as the chief executive officer of the bank’s India-regulated entity until the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) grants formal approval for Sahu’s appointment.

When approached for a statement, a spokesperson for Bank of America in India declined to comment.

Indian Consulate in New York Hosts Seminar on the Evolution of Indian Cinema

March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterCinema 0

On March 22, 2025, the Indian Consulate in New York, in collaboration with the Indian Heritage & Cultural Association (IHCA), organized an engaging seminar titled “The Evolving Landscape of Indian Cinema: The Impact, Challenges, and Future of Indian Cinema on the International Stage.” The event took place at the Lake Chateau Banquet Hall in Woodbridge, New Jersey.

The keynote address was delivered by Padma Shri awardee Dr. Mohan Agashe, a highly respected and versatile actor who is also trained as a psychiatrist. Throughout his career, Dr. Agashe has earned numerous accolades, including the Sangeet Natak Akademi Award in 1996 for theater, the Filmfare Award Marathi for Best Actor for his role in Astu, and the Punya Bhushan award in 2023. During his speech, he explored the intersection of psychology and acting, shedding light on how both disciplines are deeply intertwined.

The event commenced with remarks from opening speaker Archana Joglekar, an accomplished actress and classical dancer known for her contributions to Marathi, Odia, and Hindi cinema and television. A skilled Kathak dancer and choreographer, Joglekar also runs a dance academy for young students.

Consul General Binaya Srikanta Pradhan, introduced by IHCA co-host Dr. Ashok Chaudhary, highlighted the Consulate’s focus on celebrating Indian cinema throughout the year with various events across the Northeastern United States, including two upcoming programs in New York dedicated to fashion and Odia cinema.

Speaking on the relevance of the seminar, Pradhan remarked, “Today’s event is more contextual in the sense that we are not watching a movie. To a great extent, there is no point in watching a movie because we get to see movies in cinema halls here, we get to see movies on OTT platforms.So today’s event is rather more relevant when we talk about the evolving landscape of Indian cinema.”He lauded Dr. Agashe for his vast experience and deep understanding of both theater and film, as well as his expertise in psychology.

Joglekar reflected on her early days in the entertainment industry, describing her transition from theater to film in the 1980s. “When I started my career way back in 1984, close to 40-plus years back, it was a transition from Marathi professional theater,” she shared. She noted how different the industry was at the time, explaining that she did not go through formal auditions or casting calls. Instead, filmmakers often scouted actors from theater productions, and her performances in Marathi drama quickly caught their attention. “I was fortunate to be pampered and appreciated by everybody,” she recalled, adding that this recognition led to roles in both Marathi and Hindi films. She described the film set as a “very warm affair” where actors, co-actors, and senior artists interacted like family.

Dr. Agashe offered insights into the connection between psychology and communication. He emphasized the complexity of human interaction, stating, “When we are talking to each other in person, we are talking in three languages.” These include verbal language, body language, and sound language. “So the language of words goes through your brain for deciphering, body language from the subconscious, and the sound goes through the unconscious.”

To explain his point further, he drew an analogy to computer systems, comparing the unconscious mind to a hard drive and the conscious mind to RAM (random access memory). “That is why, unless you use proper commands, the unconscious doesn’t come to the conscious.” As a psychiatrist, he noted that he pays closer attention to how people communicate rather than what they say. “I go with what they communicate,” he explained.

Speaking to ITV Gold after the event, Dr. Agashe emphasized the significance of the discussion, calling it both “very important and very timely.” He underscored the necessity of understanding cinema’s evolution, stating, “We should know where we were, where we are, and where we are going. Because if we need some correction, that can be done at this stage. That enables the culture to retain its identity even as it becomes part of the world.”

Padma Shri recipient Dr. Sudhir Parikh, chairman of Parikh Worldwide Media and ITV Gold, also shared his appreciation for the seminar. He praised the organizers for their efforts in hosting numerous cultural events throughout the year and described the current seminar as a “signature event” that offered valuable insights into Bollywood’s evolution over the past century.

Beena Kothari Assumes Charge as President of The Association of Indians in America – New York Chapter (AIA-NY)

March 27, 2025March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity, Profiles 0

Beena Kothari, a veteran community leader along with the Executive Committee assumed charge on March 20, 2025 as the President of the Association of Indians in America – New York Chapter (AIA-NY), during a solemn inauguration ceremony. The event was attended by over 150 distinguished guests, including elected officials, AIA founding members, Board of Trustees, past AIA Presidents, community leaders, members, and media partners.

The oath ceremony commenced with the singing of the American and Indian national anthems by Bina Sabapthy, Jyoti Gupta, and Roopam Maini, followed by a graceful Ganesh Vandana performance by Hamsaasya School of Dance. Harsh Vyas and Jasbir Jay Singh served as emcees for the evening.

President Beena Kothari and other dignitaries delivered inspiring speeches, emphasizing the importance of preserving Indian heritage and culture in the USA while promoting integration with mainstream America.

AIA-NY Executive Committee consists of: President: Beena Kothari; Vice Presidents: Anita Thakkar, Dr. Tarun Wasil, Harsh Vyas, Nilima Madaan; Treasurer: Dr. Bal K. Gilja; Secretary: Dr. Sharad Kothari; Members-at-Large: Anju Sharma, Bhavana Sharma, Deepak Bansal, Deepika Modi, Dr. Narendra Lodha, Dr. Sumita Sengupta, Dr. Usha Bansal, Gobind Bathija, Jay Jasbir Singh, Jyoti Gupta, Kiran Reddy, Parvathala, Narinder Kapoor, Navneet Agarwal, Nick Garg, Nutan Roongta, Roopam Maini, Sanju Sharma, Surin Manaktala, Swati Vaishnav, and, Satnam Singh Parhar.

In her inspiring address, President Kothari highlighted the significance of cultural preservation and community engagement. “We represent not only ourselves but also our rich cultural heritage, values, and aspirations. We are the bridge between our Indian roots and our American dreams. Together, let us strive to take AIA to new heights and continue to serve our community with pride and purpose.”

She also emphasized the importance of youth involvement in AIA activities and fostering young leadership, saying, “We will encourage and induct young leaders who have grown up with our motto of ‘Indian Heritage and American Commitment’ and have great potential to shape the future of AIA.”

AIA- NY Chapter has planned several new initiatives, including, Holi Celebration – March 26th in collaboration with CUNY Asian American Student Board; National AIA Medical Council Awards Gala – May 3rd, at Cipriani 42nd Street, Manhattan; Annual Fundraising Gala for Deepavali – June 1^st; Desi Next Youth Programs – (TBD); Fundraiser Dinner for AIA’s Project India – July 20^th; and, AIA-NY Iconic Deepavali Festival – October 2025.

Beena Kothari expressed her heartfelt gratitude to past presidents, volunteers, sponsors, and supporters who have played a pivotal role in AIA-NY’s success. The evening concluded with a thank-you note from Treasurer Dr. Bal K. Gilja and Secretary Dr. Sharad Kothari, followed by a celebratory dinner. A special plaque was presented to the outgoing President of AIA-NY, Dr. Jagdish Gupta, in recognition of his service and dedication.

Beena Kothari is a distinguished community leader with a profound impact on the Indian-American community. She has previously served as President of IALI (Indian Association of Long Island), GOPIO-NY, and India Day Parade in Long Island. Through her extensive associations, charitable initiatives, and collaborative relationships, Beena has demonstrated an unwavering commitment to fostering connections, promoting cultural understanding, and supporting community well-being.

A seasoned professional, Beena has over 20 years of experience in real estate, with a distinguished career at Fortune 500 companies, including JP Morgan Chase, IBM, Sony, and Time Warner, where she served as a Global IT Team Manager.

Embracing the inclusive spirit of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam (The World is One Family), Beena strives to break down barriers and build bridges. She is deeply committed to empowering youth and women, believing in their potential to drive positive change and become future leaders.”My ultimate goal is to contribute meaningfully to the community, spreading love, kindness, and compassion, and making the world a better place for all,” she said.

Hamdard Health Alliance Bridging Gaps, Building Futures In Chicago Region

March 27, 2025March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

Chicago, IL:In a momentous event attended by esteemed community members, city leaders, and healthcare advocates, Hamdard Health Alliance proudly unveiled its expanded healthcare services at its Rogers Park clinic. The event, marked by heartfelt speeches and an official ribbon cutting ceremony, showcased Hamdard commitment to providing culturally responsive healthcare to underserved communities.

The celebration brought together local dignitaries, including Mayor Brandon Johnson, who lauded Hamdard efforts in bridging healthcare disparities and addressing critical mental health needs. The Mayor, in his address, expressed deep gratitude to the Hamdard team and acknowledged the importance of ensuring accessible healthcare services for all.

Kiran Siddiqui, CEO of Hamdard Health Alliance, warmly welcomed attendees to the grand inauguration of the newly renovated Rogers Park clinic. Reflecting on the journey, she acknowledged the dedication and perseverance it took to complete the two-year renovation. “This project tested our patience and endurance, but today, we celebrate a space that will allow us to serve even more community members with comprehensive medical and mental health services,” she stated. She emphasized the vital role of community health center, noting that 1 in 9 Illinois residents and nearly 1.5 million people annually receive care at facilities like Hamdard. With a steadfast commitment to Hope, Help, and Healing, Siddiqui reaffirmed Hamdard’s promise to provide quality, culturally competent healthcare to those in need.

Honourable Mayor Mr Brandon Johnson addressed the gathering, emphasizing the significance of mental health as a core priority of his administration. He spoke about the personal impact of mental health struggles within his own family, sharing the story of his older brother who battled untreated trauma and addiction. The Mayor praised Hamdard Health Alliance for its unwavering dedication to providing culturally competent mental health services, particularly for Chicago’s immigrant communities.

“Hamdard partnership with the Chicago Department of Public Health and Apna Ghar has demonstrated the power of collaboration in expanding behavioural health services,” said Mayor Johnson. “This organization ensures that people receive the care they need in a way that respects their cultural identity. That is what makes Hamdard a cornerstone of our city’s healthcare safety net.”

The Mayor’s speech also included a light-hearted moment, as he humorously noted his tour of the historic building’s old elevator a subtle yet effective reminder of the need for continued investment in healthcare infrastructure. Concluding his remarks, he expressed his commitment to supporting organizations like Hamdard in making Chicago a stronger and healthier place for all.

Adding to the spirit of unity, the event coincided with the Community Iftar & Rogers Park Open House, an evening designed to bring people together in the holy month of Ramadan. Held on Thursday, March 20, 2025, at 1542 W Devon Ave, Chicago, IL, the gathering welcomed guests for an evening of reflection, appreciation, and celebration.

Attendees enjoyed a delicious Iftar meal at sunset, embracing the beauty of community and togetherness. The open house allowed visitors to explore Hamdard’s newly updated facility and witness first-hand the impact of its mission. The event also highlighted various health and well-being programs, reinforcing the organization’s commitment to holistic patient care.

With a strong focus on inclusivity, the event was more than just a meal; it was a celebration of unity, diversity, and giving back. Leaders and guests shared inspiring words, reinforcing the belief that healthcare and social services should remain accessible to all, regardless of background.

Hamdard Health Alliance: A Legacy of Empathy and Excellence: Founded in 1992 by Dr. Mohammad Hamid and the late Dr. Farzana Hamid, Hamdard Health Alliance was established to address the lack of mental health support for South Asian and Middle Eastern communities in Chicago. Over the past three decades, the organization has expanded its services to include primary healthcare, mental health support, domestic violence intervention, and various social services, ensuring that patients receive comprehensive care tailored to their cultural and linguistic needs.

Hamdard’s commitment to healthcare accessibility is reflected in their multilingual staff, who collectively speak over 10 languages, allowing them to connect with patients on a deeper level. The organization’s growth was further solidified in 2013 when it received Federally Qualified Health Center (FQHC) status, enabling it to broaden its services and strengthen its role as a medical home for many underserved individuals.

Today, Hamdard operates multiple locations, including Rogers Park and Skokie, with plans for further expansion to continue its mission of providing high-quality, culturally competent care to the communities that need it most.

The event also featured speeches from local leaders, including Mr Bill Morton. President of the Rogers Park Chamber of Commerce, who emphasized the profound impact of Hamdard work on the community. The evening concluded with the ceremonial ribbon cutting, symbolizing a new chapter of growth and service.

“Mayor Johnson’s presence and heartfelt words underscore the importance of mental health advocacy and the need for continued support for such initiatives. As we celebrate this milestone, let us also commit to fostering a future where healthcare is truly inclusive, accessible, and culturally competent for all” Suresh Bodiwala, Founder and Chairman of Asian Media USA

Amazon MGM Studios Announces Amy Pascal and David Heyman as Producers for Next James Bond Film

March 26, 2025March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterCinema 0

Amazon MGM Studios has announced that veteran producers Amy Pascal and David Heyman will lead production on the next James Bond film—the first under Amazon’s creative control since acquiring the franchise’s parent studio in 2022.

Pascal, known for producing the latest Spider-Man films starring Tom Holland, and Heyman, who produced all eight Harry Potter movies, bring extensive blockbuster experience to the Bond series. Courtenay Valenti, head of film at Amazon MGM Studios, praised the duo in a statement Tuesday, calling them “two of the most accomplished, experienced, and respected film producers in our industry.”

In a joint statement, Pascal and Heyman described 007 as “one of the most iconic characters in the history of cinema,” adding, “We are humbled to follow in the footsteps of Barbara Broccoli and Michael Wilson, who made so many extraordinary films, and we are honoured and excited to keep the spirit of Bond very much alive as he embarks on his next adventure.”

The transition marks a major shift in the Bond franchise, which has been overseen by Broccoli and Wilson since the 1990s. Their departure, announced in February, ended decades of family stewardship that began with Albert “Cubby” Broccoli, who launched the first Bond film in 1962.

Next Bond Actor Still Undecided

The new producing team and Amazon now face the critical decision of choosing the next actor to play James Bond following Daniel Craig’s departure after No Time to Die (2021). Speculation has been rampant, with actors James Norton, Aaron Taylor-Johnson, and Theo James among the bookmakers’ favorites. However, there is no confirmed timeline for the next film’s release or casting decisions.

Amazon founder Jeff Bezos fueled speculation last month by asking his followers on X, “Who’d you pick as the next Bond?”

While preparing for Bond’s next chapter, Pascal and Heyman remain busy with other major projects. Pascal recently produced Challengers, starring Zendaya, and was behind the Spider-Verse film series. Heyman, meanwhile, is working on the Harry Potter television reboot and Taika Waititi’s adaptation of Klara and the Sun, starring Jenna Ortega and Amy Adams.

Despite the uncertainty surrounding Bond’s next iteration, Valenti expressed confidence in the new team, stating, “We are honored to be working with them on James Bond’s next chapter and are excited to deliver to global audiences storytelling that upholds the impeccable legacy of this beloved character.”

The Future of Western Security: Can Europe Step Up as the U.S. Steps Back?

March 26, 2025March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

The security landscape of the Western world faces its gravest challenge since the end of World War II, and this shift is likely to be long-term. As one expert notes, “Trumpism will outlast his presidency.” With the U.S. taking a step back, the pressing question is which nations are prepared to assume a leadership role.

In February 1947, at 9:00 AM, Lord Inverchapel, the British ambassador to Washington, entered the U.S. State Department with two critical diplomatic messages printed on blue paper—one concerning Greece and the other Turkey. Britain, financially drained and deeply indebted to the U.S., declared it could no longer support Greek government forces battling a Communist insurgency. Simultaneously, Britain was withdrawing from Palestine and India and reducing its presence in Egypt.

Recognizing the threat of Soviet influence expanding into Greece and potentially Turkey, the U.S. swiftly responded. President Harry Truman proclaimed, “It must be a policy of the United States to support free peoples who are resisting attempted subjugation by armed minorities or by outside pressure.” This policy, known as the Truman Doctrine, cemented the idea that defending democracy abroad aligned with U.S. national interests.

Following this shift, the U.S. launched the Marshall Plan to rebuild European economies and helped establish NATO in 1949 to counter Soviet expansion. This period marked the definitive transfer of Western leadership from Britain to the United States. With its vast economic and military power, the U.S. emerged as the dominant force shaping the post-war world.

For decades, the U.S. played a central role in maintaining global security, but now, the fundamental assumptions behind its foreign policy are being questioned. Donald Trump is the first post-World War II president to challenge America’s global commitments. His stance has created uncertainty about the existing world order and left many wondering what the new one will look like.

A Challenge to the Truman Legacy

Trump’s skepticism of America’s international obligations is not new. Nearly 40 years ago, he placed full-page ads in U.S. newspapers criticizing the country’s military commitments. In 1987, he wrote, “For decades, Japan and other nations have been taking advantage of the United States. Why are these nations not paying the United States for the human lives and billions of dollars we are losing to protect their interests? The world is laughing at America’s politicians as we protect ships we don’t own, carrying oil we don’t need, destined for allies who won’t help.”

This sentiment has persisted into his second term. Recently leaked messages on airstrikes against Yemen’s Houthis revealed administration officials expressing frustration over European reliance on U.S. military action. A message attributed to Vice President J.D. Vance read, “I just hate bailing Europe out again.” In response, another, reportedly from Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth, stated, “VP: I fully share your loathing of European free-loading. It’s PATHETIC.”

Trump has gone further by embracing Russian President Vladimir Putin. Early in his second term, he informed Russia that Ukraine would not be allowed NATO membership and that he did not expect Ukraine to regain lost territories. Many critics saw this as a strategic blunder, surrendering leverage without securing anything in return.

Some Trump supporters view Putin as an ally in the ideological battle against liberal values, reinforcing the notion that U.S. foreign policy is increasingly shaped by domestic culture wars. Ed Arnold, a senior research fellow at the Royal United Services Institute, warns, “The US is becoming divorced from European values. That’s difficult [for Europeans] to swallow because it means that it’s structural, cultural, and potentially long-term. I think the current trajectory of the US will outlast Trump, as a person. I think Trumpism will outlast his presidency.”

NATO’s Article 5 “On Life Support”

Trump’s administration has signaled that the U.S. will no longer be the primary guarantor of European security, insisting that European nations must take responsibility for their own defense. Earlier this month, Trump stated, “If [NATO countries] don’t pay, I’m not going to defend them. No, I’m not going to defend them.”

For nearly 80 years, NATO’s Article 5—stating that an attack on one member is an attack on all—has been the bedrock of European security. While UK Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer expressed confidence in the U.S. commitment to NATO, others remain skeptical.

Ben Wallace, former UK defense secretary, warned, “I think Article 5 is on life support. If Europe, including the United Kingdom, doesn’t step up to the plate, invest a lot on defense, and take it seriously, it’s potentially the end of the NATO that we know and it’ll be the end of Article 5. Right now, I wouldn’t bet my house that Article 5 would be able to be triggered in the event of a Russian attack… I certainly wouldn’t take for granted that the United States would ride to the rescue.”

Public perception reflects this shift. A French poll by Institut Elabe found that nearly three-quarters of respondents do not consider the U.S. an ally of France. Majorities in traditionally pro-American nations like the UK and Denmark also hold unfavorable views of the U.S. Robert Kagan, a senior fellow at the Brookings Institute, argues, “The damage Trump has done to NATO is probably irreparable. The alliance relied on an American guarantee that is no longer reliable, to say the least.”

Is the West Fragmenting?

For Russian President Putin, these developments play into his strategy of destabilizing Europe. After Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky’s unsuccessful meeting with Trump, a Kremlin spokesperson declared, “The fragmentation of the West has begun.”

Armida van Rij of Chatham House echoes this concern: “Russia’s objectives are to destabilize Europe. It is to weaken NATO and get the Americans to withdraw their troops from here. And at the moment, you could go ‘tick, tick, and almost tick.'”

Meanwhile, European defense spending has dwindled. The UK, for example, has cut its military budget by nearly 70% since the Cold War peak. Wallace laments, “We had a big budget [during the Cold War] and we took a peace dividend… The problem is we went from a peace dividend to corporate raiding. [Defense] just became the go-to department to take money from. And that is where we just forgot the lessons of our history.”

Germany’s Chancellor-in-waiting, Friedrich Merz, has called for a Europe independent of the U.S. But building an autonomous European military-industrial complex remains a complex challenge. Ian Bond of the Centre for European Reform notes, “The further west you go, the more problematic it becomes until you get to Spain and Italy.”

A New World Order?

Historian Timothy Garton Ash identifies key military assets that only the U.S. currently provides: “The satellites, the intelligence, the Patriot air defense batteries, which are the only ones that can take down Russian ballistic missiles.” He argues that within five years, Europe should develop its own capabilities to replace U.S. support.

Van Rij acknowledges that while European defense autonomy is necessary, “what’s really difficult are the divisions within Europe on how to actually do this and whether to actually do this.”

Trump’s vision appears to favor a world where major powers dictate terms to weaker nations, akin to the spheres of influence system of the Cold War era. The uncertainty surrounding U.S. commitments has left Europe facing a pivotal decision: unite, invest in defense, and maintain independence—or risk becoming subordinate to larger global powers.

Trump’s Move to Shift Student Loans to SBA Sparks Outrage and Uncertainty

March 26, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

President Trump’s decision to transfer the federal student loan program from the Department of Education to the Small Business Administration (SBA) has alarmed borrowers and experts, who see it as further evidence that the administration lacks a concrete plan for dismantling the Education Department.

Trump signed an executive order on Thursday aimed at winding down the department, announcing that student loans would shift to the SBA the following day—coinciding with the agency’s announcement that it would cut 40% of its workforce.

While many have long criticized the student loan system, experts warn that placing the program under an agency with no experience handling student debt—especially amid major layoffs—will create more problems than it solves.

“No Background, No Plan”

“Borrowers right now are already experiencing an unprecedented level of chaos and uncertainty,” said Aissa Canchola Bañez, policy director at the Student Borrower Protection Center.

Moving student loans to the SBA, which “has no background of familiarity with the student loan program [or] the rights afforded to student loan borrowers under the Higher Education Act, will only make things worse,” she added.

Trump also announced that programs for students with disabilities would shift to the Department of Health and Human Services but provided no details on logistics for student loan borrowers.

Despite concerns, both the SBA and the Education Department welcomed the move.

“Whether it’s a loan for a business or a business degree, SBA is prepared to restore efficiency and accountability to our taxpayer-funded loan programs,” said SBA head Kelly Loeffler in a post on X.

At the same time, Loeffler confirmed that the administration planned to cut about 2,700 positions from the SBA’s nearly 6,500-member workforce.

Jessica Thompson, senior vice president at the Institute for College Access & Success, called the move reckless.

“All of this just really underscores that there has been no planning. There is no plan, and that is the most scary, frankly, and dangerous thing about this,” she said. “Because 44-plus million people owe money to the federal government from their student loans, and they are already in a state of confusion.”

Thompson stressed that transferring such a major program requires careful planning and congressional involvement.

A Department of Education spokesperson sought to calm concerns, stating that “no changes have been made yet, so there are no changes for student loan borrowers to navigate at this time.”

Borrowers Advised to Take Precautions

Advocates are urging borrowers to reach out to their loan officers and document all repayment efforts. The Department of Education has also slashed about half its workforce, adding to fears that servicing issues will worsen.

“I don’t know what element of the federal government I want chaos to be in, but I think one of the last places is federal student aid,” said James Murphy, director of career pathways and postsecondary policy at Education Reform Now. “That directly affects millions and millions of people in a very real way—paying for college and managing their loans.”

Borrowers are already in limbo as the Trump administration seeks to roll back student loan forgiveness programs established or expanded under former President Biden.

About 8 million borrowers are currently in forbearance under Biden’s Saving on Valuable Education (SAVE) income-driven repayment plan, which was ruled illegal by a court last month. Following the ruling, the Trump administration halted applications for all IDR plans, and although the Education Department promised to restore access soon, it has yet to do so.

“This Is the Wild West”

“There’s no good advice, and any expert giving advice doesn’t know what he’s talking about,” said Alan Collinge, founder of Student Loan Justice. “This is the Wild West. Right now, borrowers have zero power, and we’re being pushed around on a chessboard like pawns.”

Collinge believes the Trump administration is deliberately destabilizing the student loan system to devalue it before selling it to a third party.

Canchola Bañez advised borrowers to take three key steps:

Download their full payment history from the Federal Student Aid portal.
Screenshot any tracking information for loan forgiveness plans.
Contact members of Congress for assistance.

“Members of Congress have entire teams dedicated to helping constituents with federal agencies,” she said. “Borrowers should demand that their representatives start working on their behalf, especially if they’re not getting answers from the department.”

A.R. Rahman Announces “The Wonderment Tour” Across North America in 2025

March 26, 2025 Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

Academy Award-winning composer A.R. Rahman is set to embark on a North American tour in 2025, bringing his new immersive concert experience, The Wonderment Tour, to audiences across the continent. The tour kicks off on July 18, 2025, in Vancouver, BC, and will include stops in major cities such as Los Angeles, Toronto, and New York.

Blending classical Indian traditions with contemporary electronic music, the tour will showcase Rahman’s signature style, which has revolutionized Indian cinema music. Fans can expect a dynamic journey through Rahman’s prolific career, which spans over 150 films and features global hits like Jai Ho, Kun Faya Kun, and Chaiyya Chaiyya.

Renowned for his work in both Indian and Hollywood films, Rahman’s music has transcended cultural boundaries, captivating audiences of all generations. His illustrious career includes two Academy Awards, two Grammy Awards, a Golden Globe, and a BAFTA for his work on Slumdog Millionaire. He continues to push the boundaries of music and immersive storytelling, collaborating with artists worldwide.

The Wonderment Tour is presented by Concerts West, AEG Presents, and Kash Patel Productions. The show promises a unique cinematic experience, featuring cutting-edge visuals, masterful orchestrations, and immersive storytelling.

Tickets will go on sale Friday, March 28, 2025, at 10:00 AM ET, with presales starting on Tuesday, March 26, 2025.

Trump Signs Executive Order Mandating Voter ID for Federal Elections, Sparking Legal Challenges

March 26, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

President Donald Trump signed a sweeping executive order Tuesday that aims to overhaul election procedures nationwide, introducing stringent voter identification requirements to prove U.S. citizenship for federal elections. The move is expected to face significant legal challenges from voting rights groups.

Non-U.S. citizens are already barred from voting in federal elections. However, Trump’s order mandates that applicants using the national mail voter registration form must provide a U.S. passport, a REAL ID-compliant driver’s license or state-issued card, or another “valid Federal or State government-issued photo identification” as proof of citizenship.

The order also directs states and local election officials to verify and record these documents, warning that federal election-related funds could be withheld from states that fail to comply. Additionally, the directive targets mail-in voting—long criticized by Trump—by instructing Attorney General Pam Bondi to ensure states do not count absentee ballots arriving after Election Day.

Trump’s order represents a significant shift in federal election oversight, traditionally managed at the state and county levels. “This country is so sick because of the fake elections and the bad elections, and we’re going to straighten it out one way or the other,” Trump said before signing the order.

The directive also mandates that all ballots produce a voter-verifiable paper record to prevent fraud and errors. White House Staff Secretary Will Scharf called it “the farthest-reaching executive action taken in the history of the Republic to secure our elections.”

Currently, 36 states require some form of voter identification at the polls, while 14 states and Washington, D.C., do not impose such restrictions, according to the National Conference of State Legislatures.

Voting rights advocates argue that strict voter ID laws disproportionately impact seniors, minorities, low-income individuals, and students. UCLA law professor Rick Hasen warned that the order could “stop millions of eligible voters, who do not have easy access to documents such as passports, from registering to vote.”

Sophia Lin Lakin, director of the ACLU’s Voting Rights Project, denounced the move as a “blatant overreach” that could disenfranchise tens of millions of eligible voters. “This measure will no doubt disproportionately impact historically excluded communities, including voters of color, naturalized citizens, people with disabilities, and the elderly,” she said.

With his signature, Trump also revoked President Joe Biden’s 2021 executive order that expanded voter registration access through federal agencies. Scharf defended the repeal, claiming the Biden-era order “weaponized government to corrupt and pollute our election process.”

Trump’s directive is expected to face immediate legal challenges, with critics arguing it undermines state control over elections and places unnecessary barriers to voting.

Vice President Vance to Travel to Greenland Amid Rising U.S.-Denmark Tensions

March 26, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

Vice President J.D. Vance announced Tuesday that he will travel to Greenland on Friday, a move that follows backlash over second lady Usha Vance’s planned visit to the Arctic island. The trip is taking place against the backdrop of renewed tensions between the U.S., Denmark, and Greenland, as President Donald Trump continues to push for U.S. control of the territory.

“There was so much excitement around Usha’s visit to Greenland this Friday that I decided that I didn’t want her to have all that fun by herself, and so I’m going to join her,” Vance said in a video posted on X.

The announcement adds to growing controversy surrounding the visit, which officials in Denmark and Greenland see as part of Trump’s broader strategy to assert U.S. interests over the island. Trump has repeatedly stated his intention to take control of Greenland, citing “international security concerns.”

Further straining diplomatic relations, national security adviser Mike Waltz and Energy Secretary Chris Wright are also scheduled to travel to Denmark. Greenland Prime Minister Múte Bourup Egede denounced Waltz’s visit as “highly aggressive,” while Danish Prime Minister Mette Frederiksen described the U.S. delegation’s presence as “unacceptable pressure.”

Jens-Frederik Nielsen, leader of Greenland’s Demokraatit party and likely the country’s next prime minister following elections earlier this month, criticized the visit as showing a “lack of respect for the Greenlandic people.”

The controversy comes as Vance and Waltz are facing a scandal over the Trump administration’s handling of classified intelligence. Both officials were reportedly involved in a Signal group chat discussing military operations in Yemen, which was accidentally shared with The Atlantic’s Editor-in-Chief Jeffrey Goldberg.

During his visit, Vance is expected to tour the Pituffik Space Base, home to the U.S. Space Force’s 821st Space Base Group. He framed the trip as a security mission, stating that Greenland is a key strategic target for adversaries threatening the U.S. and Canada.

“We want to reinvigorate the security of the people of Greenland because we think it’s important to protecting the security of the entire world,” Vance said, adding that Denmark has failed to take the island’s security seriously.

Greenland, a semiautonomous territory, remains under Danish control in matters of defense and foreign policy. While independence movements on the island are gaining traction, the Demokraatit party, which recently won parliamentary elections, advocates for a gradual separation from Denmark.

Trump, however, has made Greenland a focal point of his second-term foreign policy agenda. He first proposed acquiring the island during his first term and has since intensified his stance. In a March 4 speech to Congress, Trump reiterated his determination, declaring, “We’re going to get it [Greenland]. One way or the other, we’re going to get it.”

Tesla’s European Sales Plunge 49% Amid Backlash Against Elon Musk and Rising Competition

March 26, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

European sales of Tesla electric vehicles fell by 49% in the first two months of the year compared to the same period last year, even as overall electric vehicle (EV) sales in the region increased, according to data from the European Automobile Manufacturers’ Association.

The sharp decline comes amid concerns about Tesla’s aging vehicle lineup and growing backlash against CEO Elon Musk. In the U.S., Musk’s ties to President Donald Trump’s administration have sparked controversy, while in Europe, his endorsement of Germany’s far-right Alternative for Germany (AfD) party in last month’s national elections drew widespread condemnation.

At the same time, Tesla is facing mounting competition from traditional automakers ramping up EV production, as well as new players like China’s BYD. On Tuesday, BYD reported record revenue of 777.1 billion yuan ($107 billion) for 2024, driven by a 40% jump in sales of its electric and hybrid vehicles. The company also recently unveiled an ultra-fast EV charging system, which it claims offers charging speeds nearly as fast as refueling a gas-powered vehicle.

Tesla’s sales in Europe for January and February dropped to 19,046 units, down from 37,311 during the same period last year. This slump contrasts with the broader trend in the region, where total battery-electric car sales surged by 28.4%.

In Germany, Musk’s endorsement of AfD has drawn strong criticism from politicians and media outlets. Meanwhile, Tesla dealerships and vehicles have been targeted by protesters in both the U.S. and Europe, condemning Musk’s political affiliations and his advisory role to Trump in reshaping the federal government.

Tesla’s struggles are not confined to Europe. The company reported its first annual sales decline in over a decade in January. Additionally, the launch of the Tesla Cybertruck has been plagued with issues, including multiple recalls. Last week, the company recalled nearly allCybertrucks on the road after discovering that the panels on the left and right sides of the windshield could detach while driving.

This latest recall marks the eighth for the Cybertruck since customer deliveries began just over a year ago, adding to Tesla’s growing list of challenges as it navigates political backlash, increased competition, and concerns about product reliability.

India to Welcome Three New Airlines in 2025: Air Kerala, Alhind Air, and Shankh Air Set for Takeoff

March 25, 2025March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterTravel 0

India’s aviation industry is set for a major shift in 2025 with the launch of three new airlines: Air Kerala, Alhind Air, and Shankh Air. This expansion will mark the end of Akasa Air’s reign as the youngest airline in India, having launched in December 2021.

New Airlines Poised to Transform Indian Aviation

Despite India having 12 active passenger airlines, the market is dominated by just two major carriers, which account for over 90% of passenger traffic. The arrival of these three new airlines aims to bring greater competition and accessibility to Indian travelers.

All three airlines were founded in 2024 and have received no objection certificates (NOCs) from the Ministry of Civil Aviation. They are now awaiting their air operator certificates (AOCs) from the Director General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) before officially launching operations.

Shankh Air: Uttar Pradesh’s First Full-Service Airline

Among the three, Shankh Air will become Uttar Pradesh’s first scheduled full-service airline. It will operate from the soon-to-be-inaugurated Noida Jewar International Airport.

Initial funding: $50 million
Additional pledge: $200 million from its parent company
Aircraft acquisition: Leasing its first narrow-body aircraft by March-end

Shankh Air plans to initially connect major cities within Uttar Pradesh and key metro destinations across India. The airline has also set its sights on international expansion by 2027.

Air Kerala: India’s First Ultra-Low-Cost Carrier

Air Kerala is set to become India’s first ultra-low-cost carrier (ULCC), offering affordable travel options.

Focus: Connecting Kerala’s smaller cities with major hubs before expanding internationally in 2026
Fleet: Three ATR 72-600aircraft
Ownership: Initially conceived by the Kerala government in 2005, but now being launched by UAE-based entrepreneurs under Zettfly Aviation Pvt. Ltd.

Alhind Air: A Regional Commuter Airline from Kerala

Alhind Air, founded by the Calicut-based Alhind Group, will operate as a regional commuter airline.

Base:Cochin International Airport
Fleet:ATR 72-600aircraft
Expansion Plans: Aiming for international routes, especially to Gulf countries, within two years of launch

A Competitive Boost for Indian Aviation

The entry of these three airlines is expected to enhance competition, increase connectivity, and bring more affordable travel options for passengers. As they prepare for takeoff, they are likely to reshape the Indian aviation landscape and challenge the dominance of existing major carriers.

GOPIO International will Recognize Eight at its 36th Anniversary Convention in Brisbane Australia

March 25, 2025March 27, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

The Global Organization of People of Indian Origin (GOPIO) will recognize five individuals in professional and business achievement and three individuals for community service. at its Convention 2025 celebrating its 36^th Anniversary on March 28^th to 30^th at Brisbane Marriott in Brisbane, Queensland, Australia. They will be honored at the Finale Awards Banquet of the convention on March 29^th.

Dignitaries at the conference inauguration include Queensland Premier David Crisafulli, Lord Mayor Adrian Schrinner of Brisbane, India’s Consul General Neetu M. Bhagotia. They will be welcomed at the event by GOPIO Chairman Dr. Thomas Abraham, President Prakash Shah, Executive Vice President Umesh Chandra who also serves as the Convener of the Convention and Vice President Kewal Kanda.

Dignitaries and Senior GOPIO Officials to be at the Convention — Dignitaries and Senior GOPIO officials to be present at the convention, from l. to r. Premier David Crisafulli, Lord Mayor Adrian Schrinner, Consul General Neetu M. Bhagotia, Dr. Thomas Abraham, Prakash ?Shah, Umnesh Chandra and Kewal Kanda

The awardees in the professional categories are Queensland University Chancellor Peter Varghese who earlier served as Australian High Commissioner to India and Malaysia in Public Service; Springfield City Group (Brisbane, Australia) Founder and Chairman Maha Sinnathamby for Achievement in Entrepreneurship; Sabinsa Corp. (East Windsor, New Jersey, USA) Global CEO Shaheen Majeed for Achievement in Business; Prof. Prasad KDV Yarlagadda, Dean (Academic) of School of Engineering, University of Southern Queensland (Brisbane, Australia) for Engineering and Applied Sciences; Rohit Vyas, International Broadcast Journalist and Documentary Filmmaker (New Jersey, USA) for Media Achievement

GOPIO's Professional Achievement Awardees 2025 — GOPIO’s Professional Achievement Awardees 2025, from l. to r.: Peter Varghese, Maha Sinnathamby, Shaheen Majeed, Prof. Prasad Yarlagadda and Rohi Vyas

Three individuals are also recognized for their service to the Diaspora community. They are Mrs. Archana Singh, Former Honorary Consul of India (Brisbane, Australia); Prof. Rajasekhar Vangapaty, Advisor to Fashion Institute of Technology (New York, USA) who serves as GOPIO-Manhattan Executive Vice President and as official of India Home and several other charitable organizations in the USA and India; and Mr. Harmohan Singh Walia (Sydney, Australia); Founder of GOPIO-Sydney Northwest, served as President and in other capacities, former International Coordinator for GOOPIO Oceania Region.

GOPIO's Community Service Awardees 2025 — GOPIO Community Service Awardees, from l. to r.: Archana Singh, Prof. Raj Vangapaty and Harmohan Singh Walia

The Convention theme is “The Indian Diaspora’s Role in Shaping Future Technologies.” The convention will start with a welcome reception/dinner inauguration on Friday, March 28^th. There are eight conference sessions on Saturday March 29^th. Discussion topics are Artificial Intelligence (AI), Quantum Computing and Internet of Things (IoT); Nanotechnology, Advanced Materials and Electronic/Photonic Devices; Pharmaceutical, Food Supplements and Biomedical Innovations; and Energy Generation and Storage Devices.

A second track of conference sessions will cover NRIs and PIOs Working Closer to Achieve Common Goals; Diaspora Women and their Growing Contributions in Various Sectors; and Diaspora Youth & Young Achievers: The role they can play in the Diaspora Movement. The last session will be plenary session “GOPIO Chamber of Commerce and Industry and the Worldwide Networking of the Diaspora Businesses and SMEs in India.’

There will be entertainment after the welcome dinner on Friday and again after the Award Ceremony on Saturday evening.

.Founded in 1989, GOPIO is a non-partisan, not-for-profit, secular organization with Individual Life Members and chapter delegates from over 100 chapters in 36 countries. GOPIO’s volunteers are committed to enhancing cooperation and communication between NRIs/PIOs and the local communities, building networks, bonds, friendships, alliances, and the camaraderie of citizens and colleagues alike. GOPIO volunteers believe that when they help network the global Indian community, they facilitate making tomorrow a better world for the Indian Diaspora, the countries they live in and India.

GOPIO logo is a trademark registered under the US Patent and Trademark Office.

PROFESSIONAL ACHIEVEMENT AWARDEES FOR 2024

Public Service – Peter Varghese, Chancellor Queensland University and former Australian Ambassador to Malaysia and India, Brisbane, Australia

Mr. Peter Varghese has served as Chancellor of The University of Queensland since 2016. A distinguished public servant, he has served as Secretary of the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade, High Commissioner to India and Malaysia, and Director-General of the Office of National Assessments, Australia’s peak intelligence agency. He is also the author of the 2018 India Economic Strategy to 2035, commissioned by the then Australian Prime Minister. Mr. Varghese received an Honorary Doctorate of Letters in 2013 from The University of Queensland. He sits on the boards of CARE Australia and North Queensland Airports, chairs Asialink’s advisory council, and sits on the governing board of the Rajaratnam School of International Studies.

Achievement in Entrepreneurship – Maha Sinnathambi, Founder and Chairman, Springfield City Group, Brisbane, Australia

Mr. Maha Sinnathamby, Chairman, Springfield City Group is the visionary founder of Greater Springfield, Australia’s fastest emerging new city. In 2010 he was recognized as the World’s Best Master Community Planner by the International Real Estate Federation. An iconic entrepreneur, he was declared as one of Queensland, Australia’s 50 greatest thinkers of all time, by Newscorp in 2014. Maha, supported by three levels of Government and private capital, has invested nearly $12 billion dollars in Greater Springfield’s infrastructure and construction. His city-building project grows by $600 million annually, while contributing social and economic value to the Queensland and Australian economies.

Achievement in Business – Shaheen Majeed, Global CEO & Managing Director, Sabinsa Corp., Est Windsor, New Jersey, USA

Mr. Shaheen Majeed, Shaheen has held diverse roles, including sales, supply chain management, manufacturing, regulatory compliance, and global marketing. His innovative global strategies have expanded the company’s reach across multiple continents. For three decades, he has shaped Sabinsa into a global leader in healthcare ingredients. Some achievements include ensuring the company’s adherence to quality manufacturing and regulatory standards, guiding numerous clinical studies, and launching products that are category leaders. He holds 75 US & International patents and has authored over 40 peer-reviewed publications, showcasing his dedication to advancing scientific research and product innovation.

Engineering and Applied Sciences – Prof. Prasad KDV Yarlagadda, Dean (Academic) of School of Engineering, University of Southern Queensland, Brisbane, Australia

Prof. Prasad KDV Yarlagadda worked in industry and university over 40 years in number of countries. He is currently Dean, Engineering at University of Southern Queensland. He is an outstanding researcher with global recognition in the field of Bio-Manufacturing. His track record of 700 publications, 62 Ph.D successful supervisions, $20M research funding and number of awards including Order of Australia Medal (OAM) and Researcher of the Year in 2020 are true reflection of his accomplishments. In addition to number of Presidential roles in various community organisations, he served as Chairperson, Science and Technology Council, GOPIO International for a decade.

Media Achievement – Rohit Vyas, International Broadcast Journalist and Documentary Filmmaker, New Jersey, USA

Mr. Rohit Vyas is currently the longest serving broadcast and print journalist of Indian origin in the United States. His nearly five decades long career has focused on the Indian Diaspora community worldwide as well as international affairs and global diplomacy. Most recently he was the News Director, Principal News Anchor and Senior Vice President of TV ASIA (USA). He is now also an acclaimed documentary filmmaker.

GOPIO COMMUNITY SERVICE AWARDEES FOR 2024

Mrs. Archana Singh, Former Honorary Consul of India, Brisbane, Australia

Mrs Archana Singh, former Honorary Consul of India in Queensland (2011-2024) to be conferred with the GOPIO Community Service Award, 2025. She has served the Indian Diaspora and the Indian High Commission with commitment and passion, winning the trust and confidence of the community and building strong connections with government and non-government stakeholders.

Prof. Rajasekhar Vangapaty, GOPIO-Manhattan Executive VP and official of India Home and several other charitable and service organizations in the USA and India

Prof. Rajasekhar R. Vangapaty, an academic advisor and professor at the Fashion Institute of Technology, SUNY, has over four decades of global higher education experience at various universities and colleges, focusing on domestic and international student success, mentorship, and community empowerment. As Executive Vice President of GOPIO Manhattan, he leads community service programs in the U.S. and India, supporting Indian students in the US and training hundreds of teachers and women in leadership, technology, spoken English, and fashion design skills.

Harmohan Singh Walia, Founder and Former President, GOPIO-Sydney Northwest, and Former Intl. Coordinator for GOPIO Oceania Region

Harmohan Singh Walia is an engineer, politician, radio news-reader, poet, author, community leader, Olympic torch-bearer and now voluntary community photographer, who bring smile on people’s faces. Has covered over 5000 community events in the last 15 years with free photography. Served the Indian Diaspora community as Founder and President of GOPIO-Sydney Northwest Chapter and GOPIO International Coordinator for Oceania Region.

Indian American Teen Nandana Menon Wins SXSW Student Impact Challenge for Autism Support App

March 25, 2025 Staff ReporterYouth 0

Eighteen-year-old Nandana Menon, an Indian American high school senior, secured first place in the prestigious Student Impact Challenge at the South by Southwest (SXSW) EDU Expo. The annual competition, presented this year by the Allstate Foundation, recognizes high school students making a meaningful impact in their communities, providing them with a platform to refine their ideas and showcase their talents.

Menon was among five global finalists selected to present their projects before a panel of industry experts at the SXSW EDU Expo in Austin, Texas, held in early March. The event allowed students to demonstrate their skills through innovative projects spanning various academic fields.

Following her win, Menon took to LinkedIn to share her excitement:

“The SXSW Student Impact Challenge was an incredible and eye-opening experience that I had the privilege of being part of this year! I am truly honored to be one of just five students worldwide selected to pitch my project in Austin, TX.”

She continued:

“Even more exciting, I had the chance to connect with inspiring individuals like Tiana Day, one of the judges, who ultimately selectedSpark as the winner! I am beyond grateful to have received the prestigious SXSW trophy and $5,000 in funding to further my project.”

Revolutionizing Autism Support with Spark

Menon’s award-winning project, Spark, is an educational app designed to assist children with autism by providing customized therapy plans, sensory resources, and caregiver support.

Judge Tiana Day, a social impact entrepreneur and activist, praised Menon’s work, stating:

“Congratulations to the incredible winner of our competition, Nandana Menon, with her organization ‘Spark,’ an educational app used to support children with autism, providing customized therapy plans, support, sensory resources, and care.”

Fellow judge Junita S. also commended Menon’s efforts, writing on LinkedIn:

“Biggest congrats to Nandana Menon, founder of Spark, for the win! Her work supporting autistic children is already making a difference, and I can’t wait to see what she does next. University of Pennsylvania would be lucky to have her in the fall.”

A Passion for Advocacy and Innovation

A senior at South Fayette Township High School, Menon is also the founder of the Autism Unity Initiative, a nonprofit dedicated to supporting autistic children, their parents, and therapists. Through this initiative, she has developed a platform that offers comprehensive resources and engaging activities tailored to children with autism.

Menon’s passion for problem-solving extends beyond autism support. She was also a winner of the 2024 CGI IT Girl Challenge, where she and a classmate developed TABU, an app designed to assist individuals struggling with substance abuse addiction. Their efforts earned them a $20,000 scholarship.

At South Fayette High School, Menon has distinguished herself as a student leader. She serves as:

President of the National Honor Society (NHS)
Student Representative on the School Board
Facilitator for the Superintendent’s Leadership Advisory Committee

Her accomplishments reflect her deep commitment to social impact, innovation, and leadership, setting the stage for what promises to be a bright future.

Indian American Impact Fund Endorses Candidates for 2025 Elections, Highlighting South Asian Representation

March 25, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

The Indian American Impact Fund has announced a new slate of endorsements for the 2025 election cycle, backing seven candidates nationwide. Among them, five are of Indian origin, with backgrounds spanning public service, education, and local governance.

“The local and statewide elections happening across the country this year will shape not only our future but also our daily lives in profound ways,” said Chintan Patel, Executive Director of the Indian American Impact Fund. “Each of the seven candidates we are thrilled to endorse today is stepping up to lead, to advocate, and to craft policies that directly impact our schools, our neighborhoods, and our families.”

Indian American Candidates in the Spotlight

One of the key candidates in this cycle is Dini Ajmani, who is running for mayor of Hoboken, New Jersey. Born in India to a welder and a homemaker, Ajmani’s journey is one of perseverance. After earning an MBA from Stanford, she established a career in finance, rising through the ranks on Wall Street while raising a family. Her campaign prioritizes economic growth and improving public services in Hoboken.

Another notable candidate is Shashi Sinha, running for mayor of Rochester, New York. Sinha describes his candidacy as rooted in the American Dream. “Fourteen years ago, my wife and I chose Rochester as our home… but the American Dream is only possible when foundational needs are met—stable housing, quality education, and a safe environment,” he stated, underscoring his commitment to equitable development.

For Balvir Singh, a public school educator and candidate for New Jersey State House District 7, representation is deeply personal. As the first Sikh legislator in the state’s history, Singh immigrated from Punjab and pursued a career in mathematics education before entering politics. His platform focuses on education policy and economic opportunity.

In Illinois, Aishwarya Balakrishna, running for Naperville Park District Commissioner, draws on her background in public health. “As a daughter of Indian-American immigrants, I have approached my entire professional career with the values of hard work, inclusion, and service,” she said, emphasizing her dedication to community well-being.

Meanwhile, Anant Nambiar, a candidate for Westchester County Legislator in New York, brings extensive experience in financial leadership and local governance. A former Mamaroneck School Board member and Town Council official, he is advocating for fiscal responsibility and infrastructure development.

Expanding South Asian Representation

Beyond the Indian American candidates, the Indian American Impact Fund has also endorsed Mussab Ali, who is running for mayor of Jersey City. Ali, a former Board of Education President and education nonprofit founder, made history as the youngest elected official in Jersey City at age 20. Of Pakistani descent, Ali has prioritized addressing housing inequality and lead contamination in schools.

Another endorsement went to Ajmeri Hoque, a Bangladeshi American attorney running for Dublin City Council in Ohio. Hoque, a small business owner and former prosecutor, has long been engaged in legal advocacy and South Asian community organizations.

A Growing Political Force

These endorsements follow Impact’s previous support for Kannan Srinivasan and JJ Singh, who secured victories in Virginia’s legislative races earlier this year, as well as Ghazala Hashmi, who is running for Virginia’s Lieutenant Governor.

Since its founding in 2016, the Indian American Impact Fund has endorsed 198 candidates and mobilized over $20 million to advance South Asian political engagement.

European Nations and Canada Warn Travelers About U.S. Entry Rules Amid Immigration Crackdown

March 25, 2025 Staff ReporterTravel 0

Several European countries and Canada are cautioning their citizens to strictly follow U.S. entry requirements to avoid the risk of detention as the Trump administration intensifies immigration enforcement.

Denmark, the United Kingdom, Germany, Finland, and Canada have all revised their travel advisories due to instances of their citizens being detained by U.S. immigration officials.

Reasons Behind the Travel Warnings

The heightened travel advisories follow reports of European travelers being detained and deported upon arrival in the United States. Additionally, some of the warnings mention the U.S. State Department’s recent decision to revoke its policy allowing transgender, intersex, and nonbinary individuals to update the gender marker on their passports. The “X” gender option has been eliminated.

“We will enforce visa rules and other conditions of entry,” a spokesperson for the State Department told NPR on Saturday. “Prohibiting travel into the United States by those who might pose a threat or violate conditions of their visa is key to protecting the American people.”

On Friday, Germany’s Foreign Office updated its travel advisory after several German citizens were reportedly arrested and detained at U.S. entry points, according to local media reports. Germany now warns its citizens that obtaining entry approval through the Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA) or a visa does not guarantee automatic admission into the country.

The German government’s advisory emphasizes that U.S. border officials have the final say in granting entry, and once a denial is issued, German authorities have no power to reverse the decision. Travelers are advised to carry proof of their return travel, such as a valid plane ticket.

A German official informed NPR on Saturday that the country’s consulates are aware of cases involving detained German travelers and are in communication with their families as well as U.S. authorities.

Similarly, the United Kingdom is alerting its citizens about the risk of detention if they fail tocomply with all entry regulations. This warning follows an incident in which a British tourist was reportedly arrested and detained by U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) at the U.S.-Canada border earlier this month.

Denmark and Finland have also updated their travel guidance, particularly regarding gender markers on official travel documents.

Finland’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs has advised that due to Trump’s executive order recognizing only two genders—male and female—travelers whose passport gender marker does not match their assigned sex at birth could face visa or travel permit denials.

Denmark’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs issued a similar warning on Thursday. The advisory states that applicants for a U.S. visa or ESTA must select between the two officially recognized gender options. The ministry recommends that travelers whose passports contain an “X” gender marker or a designation different from their assigned sex at birth contact the U.S. embassy for further guidance.

Denmark also warns its citizens that they could be denied entry or expelled from the U.S. if they provide misleading reasons for travel, overstay their visa, or have a prior criminal conviction in the country.

Canada, too, has updated its travel guidelines regarding U.S. entry rules. As of Friday, the Canadian government’s website informs travelers that any Canadian or foreign national staying in the U.S. for more than 30 days must “be registered with the United States Government.” Non-compliance with this rule could result in “penalties, fines, and misdemeanor prosecution.”

NPR reached out to the foreign ministries of Finland and Denmark for additional comments but has not received a response. Requests for comment were also sent to the British embassy in Washington, D.C., and the Canadian government, but no replies have been received.

Previous Travel Warnings for the U.S.

This is not the first time that foreign governments have issued travel warnings related to visiting the United States. However, previous advisories have been largely centered on concerns over gun violence.

In 2019, following a series of mass shootings in the U.S., Uruguay warned its citizens about “growing indiscriminate violence, mostly for hate crimes, including racism and discrimination.” Venezuela also issued a cautionary statement that year, advising travelers to either postpone their trips or take extra precautions “given the proliferation of acts of violence and crimes of indiscriminate hatred.”

Japan similarly advised its citizens to be mindful of the “potential for gunfire incidents everywhere in the United States, a gun society,” and urged travelers to “continue to pay close attention to safety measures.”

Potential Impact on the U.S. Economy

It remains uncertain how these updated travel warnings may affect the U.S. economy. However, economists have previously expressed concerns that Trump’s policies, including tariffs on European Union imports, could strain international relations and impact costs.

According to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s International Trade Administration, over 13 million travelers from Western Europe visited the U.S. in 2024. By February 2025, at least 1.5 million Western European visitors had already arrived, according to the department’s National Travel and Tourism Office.

A February report by the travel data company Tourism Economics suggested that visitor spending in the U.S. this year could “fall by 12.3%, amounting to a $22 billion annual loss.”

The report also noted that “travel from Western Europe, which represented 37% of overseas travel to the U.S. last year, is susceptible to declines as a result of both tariffs and the administration’s perceived recent alignment with Russia in the war in Ukraine, as sentiment towards the U.S. is damaged.”

Conclusion

The new travel warnings from European countries and Canada highlight growing concerns over the Trump administration’s strict enforcement of immigration policies. With increased detentions of foreign travelers and the elimination of certain gender identity accommodations, international visitors are being urged to take extra precautions before entering the United States.

While the long-term impact on U.S. tourism and the broader economy remains to be seen, current data suggests that policy changes and political tensions may influence travel patterns in the coming months.

Small Nonprofit Ph.D. Project Faces Federal Scrutiny Amid DEI Crackdown

March 25, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

When Leyland Lucas pursued his Ph.D. at Rutgers University, he noticed a lack of professors in the business department who resembled him. As a Black man from Guyana, South America, he found guidance from a small nonprofit organization known as the Ph.D. Project, which played a crucial role in helping him navigate and complete his doctoral program.

“I am incredibly grateful to the program, which was fulfilling a very critical role,” said Lucas, who now serves as a dean at the University of Guyana.

For nearly three decades, the Ph.D. Project has offered mentorship, guidance, and resources to doctoral students from underrepresented communities in business education. Before moving back to Guyana, Lucas was a professor at Morgan State University in Baltimore, where he helped mentor aspiring Ph.D. candidates through the same program that had once supported him.

“If you see people like you who understand some of the challenges you are facing, and you can see them and see how they have overcome those challenges, that serves as an incentive for you,” Lucas explained.

Despite its mission of diversifying academia, the Ph.D. Project is now under federal scrutiny, drawing the attention of the Trump administration.

The U.S. Department of Education recently launched an investigation into 45 universities affiliated with the program, including institutions such as the University of Kansas, the University of Utah, and Ivy League schools like Yale and Cornell. Federal officials allege that the program’s eligibility criteria violate the 1964 Civil Rights Act by imposing race-based restrictions, effectively engaging in “race-exclusionary practices.”

This federal scrutiny comes amid a broader movement among universities to reevaluate their Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) programs. Since taking office in January, President Trump has issued executive orders prohibiting DEI initiatives, instructing schools and colleges to “cease using race preferences and stereotypes” in areas such as hiring, admissions, and student programs. In response, some universities have shuttered diversity offices, removed DEI-related language from job descriptions, and renamed departments to eliminate references to diversity.

The Ph.D. Project has not been exempt from this shift. The University of Iowa recently severed ties with the nonprofit after the state’s Board of Regents voted to dismantle all DEI-related programs. Similarly, after the federal investigation was announced, the University of Kentucky withdrew its affiliation with the program, despite not currently having any doctoral students engaged with it.

Recognizing the changing climate, the Ph.D. Project has adjusted its mission. In February, it revised its statement, removing the term “diversity” and broadening its scope to be more inclusive.

“This year we opened up our application to anyone who is interested in helping to expand and broaden the pool of talent, both at the university level through faculty, as well as in corporate America,” said Alfonzo Alexander, the organization’s president and CEO.

“We’re really evolving so that we are able to do our work in today’s environment,” Alexander explained. “And if that means that we can no longer specify certain requirements, then we just evolve in a way that we can still create opportunities.”

The Impact of the Ph.D. Project

Since its inception, the Ph.D. Project has supported more than 1,500 doctoral students. It hosts annual conferences that offer insights into dissertation writing, stress management, and academic publishing. Many of its alumni have ascended to leadership roles, serving as university provosts, deans, professors, and business executives.

“The Ph.D. Project has changed my life because I was able to interact with individuals who looked like me and understood the journey that we were embarking on,” said Adrian Mayse, a Jackson State University graduate who later became a professor at Howard University and Talladega College.

Miles Davis, who first engaged with the program in 1995, echoed similar sentiments.

He had been working as a management consultant when he decided to pursue a Ph.D. at George Washington University. The Ph.D. Project introduced him to the possibility of an academic career.

“I did not know one full-time Black faculty member. And so the idea of academia as a path was not even a consideration,” Davis said. He has since served as a professor, dean, and university president.

Lucas and other alumni emphasized that participation in the Ph.D. Project did not come with special treatment or academic leniency.

“We had to face the same guidelines as everyone else. And once we got into those Ph.D. programs, we had to perform and we have performed,” Lucas stated.

He added, “I would really hate to see the Ph.D. Project somehow become misunderstood.”

The underrepresentation of minority faculty in business schools remains a concern. Data from 2020 indicates that fewer than 4% of business school faculty are Black, less than 3% are Hispanic, and only 0.3% are Native American or Alaska Native, according to the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business. These figures do not reflect the growing diversity among college students, according to federal data.

Lucas believes the Ph.D. Project was working to address these disparities and fears that its mission may now be at risk due to misinterpretations of its purpose.

How the Ph.D. Project Became a Target of the Trump Administration

In February, the Trump administration launched an online portal at enddei.ed.gov, allowing individuals to submit reports of alleged discrimination at educational institutions. The portal states that these reports will help identify “potential areas for investigation.”

Wil Del Pilar, a senior official at the nonprofit Ed Trust, suspects that the investigation into the Ph.D. Project was initiated through this tip line.

“My assumption is that it came through the tip line,” Del Pilar said. Though he holds a Ph.D. himself, he admitted he had not heard of the Ph.D. Project until the federal inquiry was announced.

“We’ve effectively created a tool where people can tell on people and report anything that they believe to be discrimination or DEI. I expect we’re going to see more investigations based on this,” Del Pilar added.

It is not unusual for federal investigations to stem from online complaints. In the past, many inquiries by the Education Department have originated from reports filed through similar channels.

For instance, in 2018, a complaint was filed against the Rochester Institute of Technology, alleging that several STEM programs for women were discriminatory. The complaint came from a professor emeritus in Michigan who has reportedly filed hundreds of complaints against programs he believes discriminate based on sex or race. The federal government investigated, and RIT eventually opened its STEM programs to male students.

Historically, many of these investigations have concluded without finding violations. When corrective action was required, schools often opted to revise or discontinue certain programs rather than face penalties. While the Education Department has the authority to withhold federal funding, such measures have rarely been enforced.

However, the stakes appear higher in the current political climate. Trump has warned that universities that fail to align with his administration’s policies could lose substantial federal funding—a threat he has already acted upon at Columbia University and the University of Pennsylvania.

Uncertainty Looms Over the Ph.D. Project’s Future

The recent federal scrutiny loomed over the Ph.D. Project’s latest conference, held in Chicago over the weekend.

“It can be really scary for members of our organization to hear that their university may not continue partnering with us because of threats from the federal government of losing funding,” Alexander acknowledged.

Despite these concerns, he found encouragement in the conference’s atmosphere, where members shared stories about how the organization had transformed their lives.

“These times have caused us, just like many other entities, to pivot and transition,” Alexander said. “We may have to do it a little bit differently than what we’ve done in the past. But we will make sure that we continue on a path to where we’re impacting people in a positive way.”

Looking ahead, Alexander remains hopeful.

He said he wakes up every day “optimistic and recharged” and is confident that “when we look back a year or two years from now, we’ll be better and stronger as an organization than we were before this current environment.”

White House Criticizes India’s 150% Tariff on American Alcohol, Calls for Fair Trade

March 24, 2025March 26, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

The White House on Tuesday addressed the tariffs imposed by various countries on U.S. goods, specifically highlighting India’s 150% tariff on American alcohol and 100% tariff on agricultural products.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt emphasized that U.S. President Donald Trump is committed to fair trade and reciprocity. She also criticized Canada, accusing the country of “ripping off” the U.S. for decades.

“The president is again responding to the fact that Canada has been ripping off the United States of America and hardworking Americans for decades,” Leavitt said during a press briefing. “If you look at the rates of tariffs across the board that Canadians have been imposing on the American people and our workers here, it is egregious.”

Leavitt also pointed to high tariffs imposed by India and Japan on U.S. goods, underscoring Trump’s commitment to protecting American businesses and workers.

“In fact, I have a handy dandy chart here that shows not just Canada but the rate of tariffs across the board. If you look at Canada—nearly 300% tariff on American cheese and butter. You look at India—150% tariff on American alcohol. Do you think that’s helping Kentucky bourbon be exported into India? I don’t think so. 100% tariff on agricultural products from India,” she stated.

Trump has frequently expressed concerns about international trade practices, recently suggesting the possibility of increasing tariffs on Mexico and Canada. He has cited border control and fentanyl trafficking as additional reasons for imposing tariffs on these countries.

On March 7, Trump temporarily delayed certain tariffs on Mexico and Canada before their scheduled implementation on April 2, following discussions with Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum. However, he maintained his criticism of Canada’s tariff policies.

Regarding India, Trump has previously complained about difficulties in trading with the country due to its high tariff rates. He recently stated that India has agreed to lower tariffs, attributing this to increased scrutiny of its trade policies.

Indian American Community Bids Farewell to Deputy Consul General Dr. Varun Jeph

March 24, 2025March 26, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

The Indian American community of the tri-state area gathered on the evening of March 20 to bid farewell to Dr. Varun Jeph, Deputy Consul General of India in New York, as he concluded his diplomatic tenure. The farewell reception, held at the Moghul Ballroom in Edison, New Jersey, saw the participation of over 200 members of the Indian American community.

Honoring Dr. Jeph’s Contributions

The evening’s program began with a viewing of Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s podcast interview with Lex Fridman, which continued even after Dr. Jeph’s arrival.

During the formal farewell ceremony, speakers highlighted Dr. Jeph’s achievements and milestones, particularly his adept handling of complex diplomatic situations and his deep engagement with the Indian diaspora.

Ankur Vaidya, Chairman of the Federation of Indian Associations (FIA), praised Dr. Jeph’s deep understanding of the community.

“He is our man who knows the community like the back of his hand. His experience in navigating complex situations has been invaluable,” Vaidya remarked, emphasizing his role in strengthening the India-diaspora relationship.

FIA President Saurin Parikh commended Dr. Jeph’s management skills, attention to detail, and ability to unify Indian American organizations. He noted that Dr. Jeph had played a significant role in fostering cohesion among various community groups.

Several prominent community leaders, including Anil Dosa, Kenny Desai, Sreekanth Akkapalli, Dr. Sudhir Parikh, and Mohammad Farooqi, also extended their best wishes.

Dr. Parikh described Dr. Jeph as approachable, trustworthy, and deeply knowledgeable about Indian culture and tradition.

A Night of Memories and Reflections

A special tribute video honoring Dr. Jeph’s service was played during the event.

In his farewell speech, Dr. Jeph reminisced about his arrival in New York during Cyclone Ida, which had left the city flooded. He described his tenure as “remarkable”, expressing the privilege of serving the largest Indian American diaspora community.

He recalled memorable moments, including how community members gathered at 2-3 AM to listen to PM Modi’s “Mann Ki Baat” addresses and cultural celebrations like “Dance Pe Chance.”

Dr. Jeph thanked FIA and other organizations for showcasingunity away from home, which, he said, made his diplomatic work more effective. He also shared fond memories of events like the India Day Parade and the Unity March organized by Kenny Desai.

Before concluding, Dr. Jeph made a heartfelt appeal to support the approximately 300,000 Indian students in the U.S., underscoring the consulate’s commitment to assisting every Indian. He assured the community of his continued availability for anyone visiting Delhi and expressed gratitude to his wife and various organizations for their support throughout his tenure.

Community Organizations in Attendance

The farewell was attended by representatives from numerousIndian American organizations, including:

TAK Group
Bansal Foundation
TV9
Parikh Worldwide Media
TV Asia
Print Early
BJANA
Siddhivinayak Temple
MOCCAPI
Brahman Samaj of USA
Namaste Global
Maheshwari Mahasabha of North America
SKN Foundation
Rajasthani Organisation of American Residents (ROAR)

Also in attendance were Pallavi Jeph, Vishal J. Harsh, and Priti Ray-Patel, who delivered the vote of thanks, bringing the memorable evening to a close.

U.S. Happiness Declines to Record Low, Driven by Young Adults’ Well-Being Crisis

March 24, 2025March 25, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

The United States has hit a new low in the World Happiness Report’s annual ranking, dropping to No. 24, the worst position in the report’s 13-year history. Last year, the U.S. fell out of the top 20 for the first time, sliding from No. 15 to No. 23. The ranking, based on how residents across more than 140 countries rate their quality of life, highlights a troubling trend: a significant decline in well-being among young Americans.

“That gradual decline in well-being in the United States is, if you start digging into it, especially driven by people that are below 30,” says Jan-Emmanuel De Neve, a professor of economics at the University of Oxford and editor of the World Happiness Report. “Life satisfaction of young people in the U.S. has declined.”

If only Americans under 30 were assessed, the U.S. would not even rank in the top 60 happiest countries, the report finds. This demographic trend has played a major role in the country’s consistent drop in rankings.

The Growing Happiness Gap

The U.S.’s overall decline is largely explained by increasing inequality, especially in comparison to the Nordic nations that continue to dominate the rankings. Finland remains the world’s happiest country at No. 1, followed by Denmark (No. 2) and Iceland (No. 3).

“In these Nordic Scandinavian countries, a rising tide lifts all boats, so the levels of economic inequality are much less, and that reflects in well-being as well,” De Neve explains. “In Finland, most people will rate their happiness as a seven or an eight. But in the U.S., there are a lot of 10s and a lot of ones—a much wider gap.”

Loneliness and Declining Social Support

One of the key findings of this year’s report is the strength of social support and how much people trust others, both critical predictors of happiness. In 2023, nearly one in five young adults in the U.S. reported having no one they could count on for support.

Another indicator of rising social isolation is the 53% increase in people dining alone since 2003. This year’s report included data on shared meals across a week, which researchers found correlated with higher well-being.

“You see an extraordinary increase in dining alone over the past two decades in the U.S.,” says De Neve, noting how this deepens social mistrust. “People are increasingly on their own, isolated. Their political thinking, their theories around life and society, are no longer tested by others … In our echo chambers, we develop these notions that others are to be distrusted.”

Mistrust and Social Fragmentation

The researchers also tracked trust levels by asking participants whether they believed a lost wallet would be returned. Compared to Nordic countries, Americans were far more likely to assume it would not be.

“It requires that strangers are to be trusted, that they will go beyond the call of duty and be kind,” says De Neve. “That single item of the wallet drop is very powerful.”

The Future of Happiness in the U.S.

The continuous decline in the U.S.’s happiness ranking, particularly among young people, suggests a deepening crisis of social isolation, inequality, and mistrust. Experts stress the importance of social connections and community engagement in reversing this trend.

With the U.S. slipping further down the rankings, researchers warn that without intervention, the country may continue to fall behind in global happiness.

Greenland Condemns U.S. Visits Amid Trump’s Takeover Talk

March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

Greenland’s political leaders have strongly criticized upcoming high-profile U.S. visits following President Donald Trump’s renewed remarks about taking over the island.

Second Lady Usha Vance is set to visit Greenland this week for a cultural tour, while National Security Adviser Mike Waltz is also expected to travel there with Energy Secretary Chris Wright. However, outgoing Greenlandic Prime Minister Mute Egede has described the visits as aggressive and noted that neither official was invited for meetings. Jens-Frederik Nielsen, the likely next leader of Greenland, accused the U.S. of showing disrespect toward the island’s population.

U.S. Interest in Greenland

Greenland, the world’s largest island, has been under Danish control for about 300 years. While it manages its domestic affairs, foreign and defense policies remain under Copenhagen’s authority. The U.S. has long maintained a strategic interest in Greenland and has operated a military base on the island since World War II. Trump has also expressed interest in Greenland’s rare earth minerals, and his son, Donald Trump Jr., visited the island before his father’s inauguration in January.

Announcing Vance’s visit, the White House stated that she would attend Greenland’s national dogsled race, the Avannaata Qimussersu, and visit historical sites to “celebrate Greenlandic culture and unity.” Meanwhile, Waltz’s trip was confirmed by a source speaking to CBS News, with reports suggesting he would arrive before Vance.

Egede viewed Waltz’s visit as a deliberate provocation. “What is the security adviser doing in Greenland? The only purpose is to show a demonstration of power to us,” he told Greenlandic newspaper Sermitsiaq. Nielsen echoed these concerns, saying the visits demonstrated a lack of respect for Greenlanders.

Trump’s Push for U.S. Control

The tensions follow Trump’s recent remarks about Greenland’s future. In a conversation with NATO Secretary-General Mark Rutte earlier this month, Trump implied that he might pursue U.S. control over Greenland with NATO’s backing. “You know, Mark, we need that for international security… we have a lot of our favorite players cruising around the coast, and we have to be careful,” he said. “We’ll be talking to you.” When asked about the possibility of annexation, Trump responded, “I think that will happen.”

Greenland’s political parties swiftly condemned Trump’s statements, calling them “unacceptable behavior.” The issue became central to Greenland’s recent elections, in which Egede’s governing Inuit Ataqatigiit party lost unexpectedly to Nielsen’s Democratic party, which advocates for gradual independence from Denmark.

In a speech to the U.S. Congress earlier this month, Trump claimed he supported Greenland’s right to self-determination, stating, “If you choose, we welcome you into the United States of America.” However, polls show that while nearly 80% of Greenlanders favor independence from Denmark, an even larger majority opposes becoming part of the U.S.

Kanneganti Brahmanandam: India’s Richest Comedian with a ₹500 Crore Net Worth

March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

When discussing India’s most popular comedians, names like Johnny Lever, Vir Das, Kapil Sharma, Bharti Singh, and Zakir Khan often come to mind. Over the years, comedy has evolved into a highly lucrative industry in India, with stand-up comics, television stars, and film comedians earning in crores. Shows like The Great Indian Kapil Show and Comicstaan have propelled many comedians to national fame.

But who holds the title of India’s richest comedian?

India’s Wealthiest Comedian

According to reports, the richest comedian in India is Kanneganti Brahmanandam, best known for his extensive work in Telugu cinema. News24 states that Brahmanandam’s estimated net worth is a staggering ₹505 crore ($60 million), while India.com and Siasat estimate it to be around ₹490 crore. This places him well ahead of other top comedians like Kapil Sharma and Johnny Lever.

Early Life and Education

Brahmanandam was born on February 1, 1956, in the Guntur district of Andhra Pradesh, India. A native of Muppala village near Sattenapalli, he pursued a Master’s degree in Telugu (MA) before embarking on his film career. Prior to entering the entertainment industry, he worked as a Lecturer in Telugu, IMDb reports.

Career Breakthrough and Rise to Fame

Brahmanandam’s journey into films began when renowned filmmaker Jandhyala introduced him to the silver screen with a role in Chantabbai (1986). However, his major breakthrough came in 1987 with D. Rama Naidu’s film Aha Naa Pellanta, which cemented his status as a leading comedian in Telugu cinema.

His career has since spanned over three decades, with more than 1,000 films to his name. Recognized as one of the greatest comedians in Indian cinema, he has received prestigious honors, including the Padma Shri, one of India’s highest civilian awards.

Guinness World Record Holder

Brahmanandam’s contributions to cinema have been widely recognized. In 2010, he won the Guinness World Record for the “Most screen credits for a living actor,” having appeared in an unparalleled number of films.

Recent Work

Even after decades in the industry, Brahmanandam remains active in Telugu cinema. His recent role in “Kalki 2898 AD” continues to showcase his comedic brilliance.

With a net worth surpassing ₹500 crore, Brahmanandam stands as India’s wealthiest comedian, proving that comedy is not just an art but also an immensely profitable profession in Indian entertainment.

Mohanlal’s “L2: Empuraan” Becomes First Malayalam Film to Release in IMAX

March 24, 2025March 25, 2025 Staff ReporterCinema 0

Malayalam superstar Mohanlal has announced that his highly anticipated action film “L2: Empuraan” will be the first-ever Malayalam film to release in IMAX.

Sharing the film’s poster on Instagram, the actor expressed his excitement, stating,

“It gives us immense pride to announce that #L2E #Empuraan will be the first ever film from the Malayalam cinema industry to release on IMAX. We hope this is the beginning of a long and illustrious association between IMAX and Malayalam Cinema. Watch the spectacle unfold on IMAX screens across the world in selected markets from 27/03/2025! Malayalam | Tamil | Hindi | Telugu | Kannada #March27.”

Mohanlal has been actively promoting the film on social media, sharing behind-the-scenes glimpses, updates, and posters, further building anticipation for its release.

Rajinikanth First to Watch the Trailer

On March 18, director Prithviraj Sukumaran revealed that Tamil superstar Rajinikanth was the first to watch the trailer of “L2: Empuraan.” In a heartfelt post on X (formerly Twitter), he shared a picture with Rajinikanth and wrote,

“The very first person to watch the trailer of #L2E #EMPURAAN. I will forever cherish what you said after watching it, Sir! This meant the world to me! Fanboy forever! @rajinikanth #OGSuperstar.”

Censor Board Clearance and Release Date

The Censor Board has officially cleared “L2: Empuraan” for release with a UA 16+ rating. The film’s certified length is 179.52 meters.

The film is a highly anticipatedsequel to “Lucifer,” which was a blockbuster hit. The political action thriller will also see Prithviraj reprising his role as Zayed Masood, a mercenary commando who leads the notorious Kureshi-Ab’ram nexus, continuing his impactful character from the first film.

“L2: Empuraan” is set to hit screens worldwide on March 27, 2025.

TAGB to Celebrate Ugadi 2025 with Grand Cultural Festivities in Boston

March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterCulture 0

The Telugu Association of Greater Boston (TAGB), a leading non-profit organization dedicated to preserving and promoting Telugu culture in the Greater Boston and New England region, will host its Annual Ugadi Celebration on Sunday, April 13, 2025, at the historic Mechanics Hall in Worcester, MA.

Ugadi, marking the Telugu New Year, is a festival of new beginnings, prosperity, and cultural heritage for Telugu-speaking communities worldwide.

TAGB President Srinivas Gondi expressed enthusiasm about the upcoming celebration, stating, “Ugadi is a time of joy, reflection, and togetherness. We look forward to welcoming the community to celebrate this vibrant festival with traditional music, dance, and festivities that highlight our rich heritage.”

The event will feature an array of cultural performances, including classical and folk dances, live music concerts, and activities for all age groups. Attendees will also enjoy authentic Telugu cuisine, adding to the festive atmosphere.

Mechanics Hall, renowned for its historic charm and grandeur, provides a fitting venue for this community gathering. TAGB, which has been serving the Indian community in New England for over 41 years, remains committed to preserving Telugu traditions and fostering cultural unity.

“This event is more than just a celebration—it is an opportunity to bring together families, friends, and generations to cherish our traditions and strengthen our community bonds,” added Mr. Gondi.

TAGB extends an open invitation to Telugu and Indian community members to join this festive occasion and experience the essence of Ugadi with joy and camaraderie.

For event details, tickets, and sponsorship opportunities, visit TAGB’s official website or contact the event organizers.

388 Indian Deportees Arrive from the U.S. in 2025; Government Raises Concerns Over Treatment

March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

A total of 388 Indian nationals have been deported from the United States to India since January 2025, with 333 landing in Amritsar on three deportation flights and 55 arriving in New Delhi via commercial flights through Panama, the government informed Parliament on Friday.

Of the 333 deportees who arrived in Amritsar—via flights on February 5, 15, and 16—126 (38%) were from Punjab, 110 (33%) from Haryana, 74 from Gujarat, 8 from Uttar Pradesh, and the remaining individuals from Maharashtra, Chandigarh, Goa, Rajasthan, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, and Uttarakhand.

Similarly, of the 55 deportees who arrived in New Delhi via Panama, 27 were from Punjab, 22 from Haryana, 3 from Uttar Pradesh, 2 from Gujarat, and 1 from Rajasthan.

In a written response in the Lok Sabha, Minister of State for External Affairs Kirti Vardhan Singhstated that the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has “strongly registered” its concerns over the use of restraints on deportees.

“The Government of India remains engaged with the US side regarding the need for humane treatment of Indian nationals during deportation operations. The Ministry strongly registered its concerns with the US authorities on the treatment meted out to deportees on the flight that landed on February 5th, particularly with respect to use of shackles, especially on women,” Singh stated.

According to Singh, U.S. authorities follow a Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), in effect since November 2012, which mandates the use of restraints on deportees for security reasons. While women and minors are generally not shackled, the final decision rests with the flight officer in charge of deportation operations.

When questioned about why Amritsar was chosen as the landing site for deportation flights, the minister clarified that operational convenience, flight routes, and proximity to the final destinations of deporteesdetermine the selection of arrival points for repatriation flights.

Indie Film Festival Awards Announces Nominations for Best Films of 2024

March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

The Indie Film Festival Awards (IFFA), a non-profit organization, has announced its nominations for the best films of 2024 from both Hollywood and Bollywood. The festival, set to take place from June 2-5, 2025, at Quad Cinema in New York City, aims to celebrate the brilliance and creativity of independent filmmakers worldwide, according to a press release on March 19.

More than 100 films are participating in the festival, which also serves as a global platform for filmmakers through its streaming service, Indie Films World.

Hollywood Nominations

The Hollywood category highlights extraordinary performances and cinematic achievements:

Best Actor – Male

Dennis Quaid – The Substance
Andrew Garfield – We Live in Time
Chris Hemsworth – Furiosa: A Mad Max Saga
Mo Chara – Kneecap
Besir Zeciri – The Girl with the Needle

Best Actor – Female

Demi Moore – The Substance
Anya Taylor-Joy – Furiosa: A Mad Max Saga
Vic Carmen Sonne – The Girl with the Needle
Florence Pugh – We Live in Time
Nell Tiger Free – The First Omen

Best Film

Dune: Part Two
The Brutalist
Furiosa: A Mad Max Saga
The Substance
Torn

Best Director

George Miller – Furiosa: A Mad Max Saga
Coralie Fargeat – The Substance
Luca Guadagnino – Challengers
Rich Peppiatt – Kneecap
Arkasha Stevenson – The First Omen

Bollywood Nominations

The Bollywood category showcasesIndia’s diverse and evolving independent film industry:

Best Actor – Male

Akshay Kumar – Sarfira
Ajay Devgn – Maidan
Kartik Aaryan – Chandu Champion
Rajkumar Rao – Srikanth
Vikrant Massey – The Sabarmati Exp

Best Actor – Female

Alia Bhatt – Jigra
Janhvi Kapoor – & Mrs. Mahi
Katrina Kaif – Merry Christmas
Sharvari Wagh – Vedaa
Yami Gautam – Article 370

Best Film

Article 370
Binny and Family
Chandu Champion
Laapata Ladies
Stree 2

Best Director

Aditya Jambhale – Article 370
Amar Kaushik – Stree 2
Kabir Khan – Chandu Champion
Kiran Rao – Laapata Ladies
Siddharth Anand – Fighter

Best Debutante

Abhay Verma – Munjya
Anjini Dhawan – Binny and Family
Lakshya – Kill
Nitanshi Goel – Laapata Ladies
Sparsh Srivastav – Laapata Ladies

OTT – Special Mention

Anupam Kher – Vijay 69
Bhumi Pednekar – Bhakshak
Imtiaz Ali – Chamkila
Panchayat – Amazon Prime Video
The Great Indian Kapil Show – Netflix

IFFA’s Mission to Support Independent Filmmakers

Beyond awards, IFFA also provides education, resources, and support to independent filmmakers at various stages of their careers. Through its streaming platform, Indie Films World, the festival offers a distribution network to help filmmakers reach a global audience.

The June 2025 festival in New York City promises to be a celebration of innovative storytelling and cinematic excellence from around the world.

Christie’s Auction Sets Record with $13.75 Million Sale of M.F. Husain’s ‘Untitled (Gram Yatra)’

March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterCulture 0

The highest price ever paid for a work of Modern Indian Art was set at Christie’s auction in Rockefeller Center on March 19, as Maqbool Fida Husain’s Untitled (Gram Yatra) sold for $13.75 million to an unnamed institution.

Historic Sale for South Asian Art

The total sales for South Asian modern and contemporary art at the auction reached nearly $25 million, according to Christie’s press release.

“It was a dramatic moment that capped off a day of strong results,” the famous auction house stated.

The final sale total was $24,864,316, with:

95% of lots sold
321% hammer and premium against the low estimate

Breaking Previous Records

Husain’s Untitled (Gram Yatra) shattered multiple records, including:

Doubling the previous record for any Modern Indian painting—Amrita Sher-Gil’s The Story Teller (1937), which sold for approximately $7.4 million in Mumbai (September 2023).
Surpassing the previous Husain record—his painting Untitled (Reincarnation), which fetched $3.1 million in London last year.

“We are thrilled to have been a part of setting a new benchmark value for the work of Maqbool Fida Husain and the entire category,” said Nishat Avari, head of Christie’s South Asian Modern + Contemporary Art.

“This is a landmark moment and continues the extraordinary upward trajectory of the Modern and Contemporary South Asian Art market.”

The ‘Volodarsky Husain’ – A Hidden Treasure

Christie’s described the sale as the latest chapter in the incredible story of the ‘Volodarsky Husain’, a work that had been hidden away for decades in Norway before resurfacing at the auction.

Multiple Artist Records Set

The auction also saw record-breaking sales for several modern and contemporary South Asian artists, including:

Sayed Haider Raza(work on paper)
Gulam Rasool Santosh
Sudhir Patwardhan
Jeram Patel(work on paper)
Ivan Peries
Senaka Senanayake
Prabha(work on paper)

The strong bidding activity underscored the growing global demand for South Asian modern and contemporary art, further solidifying its place in the international art market.

DOJ Memo Prioritizes Immigration Prosecutions, Posing Risks for Employers

March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

A Department of Justice (DOJ) memo has directed federal prosecutors to prioritize immigration-related cases, potentially exposing many employers to criminal charges. Under the new policy, the DOJ may pursue cases it previously would not have, including those involving the employment of undocumented immigrants. Additionally, employers of H-1B visa holders could now face prosecution in cases where revocation was once the standard practice.

DOJ Immigration Memorandum

In a memo to all DOJ employees, Attorney General Pam Bondi emphasized that the “nation faces historic threats from widespread illegal immigration.” Consequently, immigration enforcement has become the DOJ’s top prosecution priority.

“The Department of Justice shall use all available criminal statutes to combat the flood of illegal immigration that took place over the last four years and to continue to support the Department of Homeland Security’s immigration and removal initiatives,” stated the February 5 memo.

The memo further instructed: “Consistent with the core principle of pursuing the most serious, readily provable offense, U.S. Attorney’s Offices and other Department components shall pursue charges relating to criminal immigration-related violations when such violations are presented by federal, state, or local law enforcement or the Intelligence Community.”

The DOJ specified that prosecutions should include violations of 8 U.S.C. §§ 1304, 1306, 1324-1328, and 1373, as well as 18 U.S.C. § 922(g)(5).

Section 1304 relates to requirements under the Alien Registration Act.
Section 1306 imposes penalties for failing to register or notify immigration authorities of a change of address.
Section 1324 penalizes individuals for “bringing in and harboring aliens.” This provision, which has not been extensively used against employers, allows for fines and up to five years of imprisonment for those who “knowingly or in reckless disregard of the fact that an alien has come to, entered, or remains in the United States in violation of law, conceals, harbors, or shields from detection, or attempts to conceal, harbor, or shield from detection, such alien in any place, including any building or any means of transportation.”

Other referenced sections include:

Section 1325: Improper entry by an alien
Section 1326: Reentry of removed aliens
Section 1327: Aiding or assisting certain aliens to enter
Section 1328: Importation of aliens for immoral purposes

The memo also issued a warning to DOJ attorneys: declining to prosecute immigration-related offenses could have serious consequences. “Any declinations of immigration-related offenses shall be disclosed as Urgent Reports pursuant to Justice Manual § 1-13.130. On a quarterly basis, each U.S. Attorney’s Office shall report statistics to EOUSA,” referring to the Executive Office for United States Attorneys.

The statistics will include data on immigration-related cases referred to DOJ offices, pending investigations and prosecutions, immigration-related convictions, and sentencing outcomes.

Tougher Road Ahead for Employers and Immigrant Employees

The DOJ memo is expected to significantly accelerate immigration-related prosecutions. “DOJ is instructing the field to accept essentially all immigration-related referrals for criminal prosecution,” said Chris Thomas, a partner with Holland & Hart.

He noted that the explicit reference to 8 U.S.C. § 1324 signals a clear intent to criminally charge companies and individuals who “know or recklessly disregard the fact that somebody is unlawfully present, for transporting, sheltering, or even employing such individuals.” He added that the DOJ may also target employers who “knowingly or recklessly allow outside staffing agencies and contractors” to engage in such conduct.

A recent case exemplifies the DOJ’s new approach. On February 14, Homeland Security Investigations charged the owners of a bakery in Los Fresnos, Texas, with “harboring” under 8 U.S.C. § 1324. The charges stemmed from the employment of eight undocumented workers at the bakery.

Thomas predicts that the new DOJ focus will result in less emphasis on labor exploitation, such as cases involving undocumented child labor. Instead, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) will conduct I-9 audits to gather evidence and pursue the harshest possible charges against employers.

“Companies need to receive training on conducting I-9 audits and developing response strategies when ICE agents arrive for a ‘knock and talk,’ serve a Notice of Inspection, or conduct a raid,” Thomas advised. He also stressed the importance of understanding the legal risks associated with various criminal charges.

He warned that DHS intends to refer cases for criminal charges “wherever they feel they can justify such charges.”

Small business owners targeted in an immigration raid or enforcement action may face significant legal jeopardy if they speak to federal agents without first consulting an attorney. Federal agents are expected to use high-profile enforcement actions as a deterrent to discourage the employment of undocumented workers.

Employers of H-1B Visa Holders at Risk

Employers of H-1B visa holders and other high-skilled professionals could also face heightened scrutiny. The final rule on H-1B visas issued by U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) formalized the agency’s authority to conduct worksite visits. USCIS dismissed concerns that such visits—often conducted with little warning—were problematic, stating that employers must comply regardless of whether the visits occur at businesses or private residences.

FWD.us, an advocacy group, raised concerns in a public comment to the rule: “Officers will be able to deny or revoke approval for legitimate petitions if an employer, even a third-party employer where an H-1B beneficiary is working, refuses to speak with officers, does not answer to the officer’s satisfaction, or fails to answer a written request in a certain time frame.”

Immigration attorney Vic Goel of Goel & Anderson emphasized the importance of preparation. “Employers should prepare for USCIS site visits, even at third-party work locations and employees’ home offices, ensuring all documentation aligns with the petition and that internal immigration compliance teams are trained to address inquiries,” he said.

Chris Thomas believes that employers of high-skilled workers could now be exposed to serious legal risks. “It’s clear that any form of misrepresentation will be referred for further investigation,” he said. He also noted that the Fraud Detection and National Security Directorate (FDNS), which conducts worksite visits, is expected to take a more aggressive approach.

“The days of cases being referred for mere revocation will be in the past. In addition to referring cases for revocation, FDNS will most certainly refer such matters to Homeland Security Investigations and other entities for potential criminal investigations,” Thomas explained.

A Shift in Immigration Enforcement Strategy

The Attorney General’s memo making immigration prosecutions a top priority aligns with broader trends under the Trump administration. Thomas believes the DOJ’s approach will be comprehensive. “The focus will be to bring any and all charges available under immigration law,” he said.

Employers, particularly those hiring foreign workers, must adapt to this intensified enforcement landscape. With increased I-9 audits, worksite inspections, and a broader scope of potential criminal charges, legal experts advise companies to take proactive steps in compliance and legal defense strategies.

5 Ways to Enjoy Johnnie Walker Black Label

March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterFood 0

Johnnie Walker Black Label is one of the most recognizable and beloved blended scotches worldwide. Its smooth, slightly smoky character, balanced with subtle sweetness, makes it a go-to choice for whisky enthusiasts.

The best part? Its versatility. Whether sipped neat, on the rocks, or mixed into a cocktail, Black Label delivers a satisfying experience every time. If you’re looking to switch things up, here are five different ways to enjoy it—some classic, some unexpected.

1. Neat (or With a Splash of Water)

The purest way to appreciate Johnnie Walker Black Label is neat. Pour yourself a dram, find a comfortable spot, and savor the layers of sweet fruit, spice, toffee, and a touch of smoke.

For those who prefer a slightly smoother sip, adding a few drops of water can help open up the flavors, reducing the alcohol burn and highlighting the whisky’s depth. If you’re new to whisky, this method allows you to fully experience Black Label as it was crafted by the blender.

2. On the Rocks

If you enjoy a cooler, mellow sip, try Black Label on the rocks. Adding a large ice cube (or a couple of smaller ones) softens the whisky’s intensity, making it smoother and more refreshing.

As the ice slowly melts, it subtly dilutes the whisky, toning down the smoke and spice while enhancing its honeyed sweetness. This is an excellent option for those who prefer a more relaxed drinking experience, especially on a warm evening.

3. Johnnie Walker Black Label Highball

The Highball is a light, crisp, and refreshing way to enjoy Black Label. It’s simple to make and an excellent choice for warm weather or when you want an easygoing drink.

How to Make It:

Fill a tall glass with ice
Pour in 50ml of Johnnie Walker Black Label
Top with chilled soda water
Stir gently and garnish with a lime wedge for a zesty kick

This serve keeps the whisky’s smoky sweetness, spice, and fruit notes intact while softening the intensity. It’s also a great introduction to whisky cocktails for beginners.

4. Johnnie Walker Black Label Rusty Nail

For a richer, more complex serve, try the Rusty Nail. This classic cocktail combines Black Label with Drambuie, a Scotch-based honey and herb liqueur, creating a smooth yet layered drink.

How to Make It:

Fill a rocks glass with ice
Pour in 45ml of Johnnie Walker Black Label
Add 25ml of Drambuie
Stir gently and garnish with a twist of lemon peel

Drambuie’s honeyed sweetness and herbal spice blend perfectly with Black Label’s smoky, fruity depth, making for a slow-sipping, sophisticated cocktail.

5. Johnnie Walker Black Label Penicillin

For those who enjoy bold, flavorful cocktails, the Penicillin is a modern classic. It combines the smokiness of Black Label with the warmth of ginger and the sweetness of honey for a balanced and intriguing drink.

How to Make It:

50ml Johnnie Walker Black Label
20ml fresh lemon juice
20ml honey-ginger syrup (equal parts honey and hot water, infused with fresh ginger)
Ice
(Optional) 10ml smoky Islay whisky or Johnnie Walker Double Black for a smoky float
Garnish: A slice of fresh or candied ginger

Shake the Black Label, lemon juice, and honey-ginger syrup with ice, then strain into a rocks glass filled with fresh ice. For an added smoky dimension, gently float the Islay whisky on top.

The Penicillin is an adventurous cocktail that highlights Black Label’s smoky and malty sweetness, balanced with citrus and spice.

Final Thoughts

Johnnie Walker Black Label’s versatility makes it a favorite among whisky lovers. Whether enjoyed neat, over ice, or in a cocktail, there’s a perfect serve for every palate. Try these variations and discover your favorite way to enjoy this classic Scotch.

Trump Demands Supreme Court Halt Nationwide Injunctions Against His Policies

March 22, 2025March 25, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

President Donald Trump has intensified his criticism of federal judges who have blocked his administration’s policies, portraying them as threats to the nation and urging the Supreme Court to intervene.

In a Truth Social post on Thursday, Trump lashed out at judges who issued nationwide injunctions against his executive actions, calling them “radical left judges” and “lunatics” attempting to “assume the Powers of the Presidency, without having to attain 80 Million Votes.” (Trump won the 2024 election with 77 million votes, and federal judges are appointed, not elected.)

“STOP NATIONWIDE INJUNCTIONS NOW, BEFORE IT IS TOO LATE,” Trump wrote, directly appealing to Chief Justice John Roberts. “If Justice Roberts and the United States Supreme Court do not fix this toxic and unprecedented situation IMMEDIATELY, our Country is in very serious trouble!”

The following morning, Trump reiterated his claims on Truth Social, again accusing federal judges of trying to take over presidential duties.

Trump’s administration has faced more than 100 lawsuits challenging his policies, with the former president arguing that nationwide injunctions have been unfairly used to block his agenda. White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt accused these judges of acting as “partisan activists” in remarks to reporters on Wednesday.

“They are trying to dictate policy from the president of the United States,” Leavitt said. “They are trying to clearly slow-walk this administration’s agenda, and it’s unacceptable.”

Both Republican and Democratic administrations have encountered nationwide injunctions, but Trump and his supporters claim that he has faced an unprecedented number. According to the Harvard Law Review, Trump’s first term saw 64 nationwide injunctions—far more than any president since 2001.

However, Trump has exercised executive power in ways that previous presidents have not, and in his second term, he has aggressively pushed to expand the scope of his authority. As political analyst Steve Benen noted, Trump and his allies are framing judicial opposition as part of a broad conspiracy rather than acknowledging that his actions may be legally questionable.

Trump and billionaire Elon Musk have also called for judges who rule against the administration to be impeached. This prompted a rare public response from Chief Justice Roberts, who stated, “Impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision.”

The Justice Department is currently awaiting a Supreme Court ruling on its request to narrow the reach of several judicial orders blocking Trump’s birthright citizenship executive order. However, as The Associated Press noted, the court does not appear to be rushing its decision.

Priyanka Chopra Becomes India’s Highest-Paid Actress with ₹30 Crore Payday

March 22, 2025March 25, 2025 Staff ReporterCinema 0

While Indian cinema actors’ fees remain closely guarded, occasional reports reveal the staggering amounts charged per film. Male superstars now command over ₹100 crore per movie, and female stars are quickly catching up. The title of India’s highest-paid actress recently changed hands, as one star secured a massive ₹30 crore for her comeback film.

India’s Highest-Paid Actress

Priyanka Chopra is set to return to Indian cinema after nearly six years with SS Rajamouli’s upcoming film starring Mahesh Babu. This project also marks her return to South Indian films after more than two decades. According to Bollywood Hungama, Priyanka has signed the film for ₹30 crore, making her the highest-paid Indian actress for a single film.

“This is why they took so long to announce her participation in the project. She was not willing to budge over her fee, and why should she? Why should only male actors get double-digit salaries in our films?” a source told the portal.

Interestingly, Priyanka had previously charged a higher amount—$5 million (over ₹41 crore) for her Amazon Prime Video series Citadel. However, given that the show had a six-hour runtime, the amount was justified. Her ₹30 crore paycheck for SSMB29 (as Mahesh Babu and Rajamouli’s film is tentatively called) is the highest for a female lead in any Indian film.

Who Priyanka Chopra Beat

Before Priyanka’s record-breaking deal, Deepika Padukone held the title of India’s highest-paid actress, reportedly charging ₹20 crore for Kalki 2898 AD. Alia Bhatt follows with a fee of up to ₹15 crore per film, while Kareena Kapoor, Katrina Kaif, Kiara Advani, Nayanthara, and Samantha Ruth Prabhu all command ₹10 crore or more per project.

Priyanka Chopra’s ‘Comeback’ to Indian Cinema

Since relocating to the U.S. in 2015, Priyanka Chopra has made limited appearances in Indian films. After Jai Gangaajal (2016), her only Indian movie was The Sky Is Pink (2019). Her much-anticipated road-trip film Jee Le Zaraa, alongside Alia Bhatt and Katrina Kaif, remains indefinitely delayed.

Despite her absence from Indian cinema, Priyanka has stayed busy with international projects like Citadel, The White Tiger, The Matrix Resurrections, and Love Again. She also has Heads of State, co-starring Idris Elba and John Cena, lined up for release this year. However, SSMB29 will mark her true comeback to Indian films.

Newly Released JFK Assassination Files Shed Light on CIA Surveillance of Oswald

March 22, 2025March 25, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

Thousands of newly released documents related to the investigation into President John F. Kennedy’s 1963 assassination have been made public, reigniting interest in one of the most scrutinized events in U.S. history.

While experts say the latest release under the Trump administration does not resolve all lingering questions, the documents provide further insight into how closely the CIA monitored Kennedy’s assassin, Lee Harvey Oswald, before the shooting.

1. CIA Surveillance of Oswald—But No Bombshell Revelations

The newly available records confirm that Oswald was a subject of significant CIA interest well before Kennedy’s assassination.

“Oswald was under deep CIA surveillance,” said Jefferson Morley, a journalist and editor of the JFK Facts blog. “This is the most exciting news around JFK records since the 1990s.”

Many of the released documents were previously available but with heavy redactions. The unredacted versions offer a clearer picture of Oswald’s movements, particularly his September 1963 trip to Mexico City, two months before the assassination.

Philip Shenon, author of a 2013 book on the assassination, noted that the CIA was monitoring Oswald during his visit. “There’s reason to believe he talked openly about killing Kennedy in Mexico City, and that people overheard him say that,” he told The Associated Press.

A 1975 CIA memo downplayed the agency’s knowledge of Oswald’s trip, stating that only three phone calls between him and a Soviet embassy guard were recorded—and Oswald identified himself in only one.

2. Intelligence Methods Revealed

The newly released files also shed light on CIA operations during the Cold War, including intelligence-gathering techniques and the agency’s influence on U.S. foreign policy.

One newly unredacted memo, written by Kennedy aide Arthur Schlesinger, details the CIA’s extensive presence in U.S. embassies—even in allied nations like France. Schlesinger’s note criticized the agency’s influence and warned Kennedy about its role in shaping foreign policy.

Additionally, the documents reveal Cold War-era surveillance techniques, such as fluoroscopic scanning—an early X-ray method used to detect hidden microphones. Another memo describes a system for secretly tagging and identifying tapped public phone booths using ultraviolet-sensitive paint.

One notable name in the files is James McCord, a former CIA officer who later became infamous for his role in the Watergate scandal that led to President Richard Nixon’s resignation.

3. Old Conspiracy Theories Resurface

As with previous document releases, some online sources have used the new files to revive long-standing conspiracy theories, often misrepresenting their significance.

One viral claim centers on Gary Underhill, a former military intelligence officer who alleged that a group of rogue CIA agents was behind Kennedy’s assassination. This theory, first published in Ramparts magazine in 1967, gained renewed attention after photos of a seven-page CIA memo about Underhill circulated online.

However, the bulk of the memo was previously released in 2017, with only a few newly unredacted sentences in this latest batch. The theory itself is based on second-hand accounts and lacks concrete evidence.

Despite this, such theories continue to thrive, fueled by public skepticism and the enduring mystery surrounding Kennedy’s assassination.

4. Are the Files Completely Unredacted?

A 1992 law mandated the release of all JFK assassination-related records within 25 years, but it included national security exceptions. While successive administrations—including Trump’s and Biden’s—have declassified thousands of documents, some records remain redacted.

Ahead of this latest release, Trump claimed he instructed his staff “not to redact anything.” However, the new documents still contain some redactions, though experts acknowledge that the latest batch represents progress in government transparency.

Journalist Jefferson Morley believes additional classified files remain in the National Archives, as well as unreleased materials held by the CIA and FBI.

Even with more documents potentially forthcoming—including promised releases related to the assassinations of Robert F. Kennedy and Martin Luther King Jr.—questions about JFK’s killing are unlikely to be fully resolved.

“Whenever there is an assassination, there will be debates, and to some degree, there will be conspiracy theories,” said Villanova University historian David Barrett. “That’s not going to change because of these or any other documents.”

Scientists Detect Possible Shift in Dark Energy, Challenging Einstein’s Theory

March 22, 2025March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterScience 0

Scientists have found possible evidence that Dark Energy, the mysterious force driving the expansion of the Universe, may be changing over time—posing a challenge to established theories of time and space.

Some experts believe they could be on the brink of a groundbreaking discovery—one that might require a fundamental reassessment of our understanding of the cosmos.

This early-stage finding contradicts the prevailing theory, which was partly developed by Albert Einstein. While additional data is needed for confirmation, even highly respected researchers involved in the study, such as Professor Ofer Lahav of University College London, acknowledge the significance of the mounting evidence.

“It is a dramatic moment,” Lahav told BBC News. “We may be witnessing a paradigm shift in our understanding of the Universe.”

A Force That Defied Expectations

The discovery of Dark Energy in 1998 was itself a revelation. Until then, scientists believed that the expansion of the Universe—initiated by the Big Bang—would eventually decelerate under the force of gravity.

However, observations made by US and Australian researchers showed that the Universe was actually expanding at an accelerating rate. They could not identify the force responsible, so they termed it Dark Energy to reflect its unknown nature.

Although the exact nature of Dark Energy remains a mystery, astronomers can measure its effects by analyzing how galaxies move away from each other at different points in the Universe’s history.

To deepen their understanding, researchers developed specialized experiments, including the Dark Energy Spectroscopic Instrument (DESI), located at the Kitt Peak National Observatory in Arizona. This instrument consists of 5,000 robotically controlled optical fibers that rapidly scan galaxies to track cosmic expansion.

Unexpected Findings Gain Strength

Last year, DESI researchers detected hints that Dark Energy’s force might have varied over time. Initially, many scientists dismissed this as a statistical anomaly that would disappear with further data.

However, rather than fading, the anomaly has become more pronounced.

“The evidence is stronger now than it was,” said Professor Seshadri Nadathur of the University of Portsmouth.

“We’ve also performed many additional tests compared to the first year, and they’re making us confident that the results aren’t driven by some unknown effect in the data that we haven’t accounted for,” he added.

“Dark Energy Is Even Weirder Than We Thought”

The findings have yet to reach the threshold of an official scientific discovery, but they have sparked intrigue among leading astronomers.

“Dark Energy appears to be even weirder than we thought,” said Scotland’s Astronomer Royal, Professor Catherine Heymans of Edinburgh University, in an interview with BBC News.

“In 2024, the data was quite new, no one was quite sure of it, and people thought more work needed to be done,” Heymans said. “But now, there’s more data and a lot of scrutiny by the scientific community. So, while there is still a chance that the ‘blip’ may go away, there’s also a possibility that we might be edging toward a really big discovery.”

The source of the apparent variation remains unknown.

“No one knows!” Lahav admitted. “If this new result is correct, then we need to find the mechanism that causes the variation, and that might mean a brand-new theory—which makes this so exciting.”

The Search for More Evidence

DESI will continue collecting data over the next two years, with the goal of analyzing roughly 50 million galaxies and other luminous objects. The aim is to determine whether the observations are undeniably accurate.

“We’re in the business of letting the Universe tell us how it works,” said Andrei Cuceu, a postdoctoral researcher at the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory in California. “And maybe it is telling us it’s more complicated than we thought it was.”

Further insights into Dark Energy are expected from the European Space Agency’s (ESA) Euclid mission, a space telescope designed to probe deeper into the Universe with even greater precision. Launched in 2023, Euclid has already begun delivering highly detailed images, which were released by ESA today.

The DESI collaboration includes more than 900 scientists from over 70 institutions worldwide, with notable contributions from researchers at Durham University, University College London, and the University of Portsmouth in the UK.

MEA Urges Indian Students in US to Follow Local Laws Amid Visa Issues

March 22, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

The Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has emphasized that Indian students in the United States must comply with American laws, following the detention of a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University and the self-deportation of another student to Canada.

External Affairs Ministry spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal stated on Friday that neither individual sought assistance from Indian missions in the US.

Visa Revocations and Deportation Cases

Badar Khan Suri, a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University in Washington, D.C., was detained by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) on Monday night over allegations of “actively spreading Hamas propaganda.” However, a US federal judge has blocked his deportation.

This incident follows the case of Ranjani Srinivasan, an Indian student at Columbia University, who self-deported to Canada after her visa was revoked. She was accused of “advocating for violence and terrorism” and participating in activities supporting Hamas.

MEA’s Response

Addressing media inquiries, Jaiswal reiterated that visa and immigration policies fall under the sovereign jurisdiction of respective nations and must be adhered to.

“When it comes to visa and immigration policy, it is something that lies within the sovereign functions of a country,” Jaiswal said. “Just as we expect foreign nationals in India to follow our laws, Indian nationals abroad must also comply with local regulations.”

On Suri’s detention, Jaiswal noted that the Indian government has only learned about the situation through media reports. “Neither the US government nor this individual has approached us or the embassy,” he said.

Regarding Srinivasan’s case, Jaiswal stated that Indian authorities were not contacted for assistance. “We only came to know of her departure from the US from media reports… We understand that she has gone to Canada,” he added.

US Authorities’ Claims

According to the Department of Homeland Security, Srinivasan, who was enrolled as a doctoral student in Urban Planning at Columbia University under an F-1 visa, was allegedly “involved in activities supporting” Hamas.

Her visa was revoked by the Department of State on March 5, and DHS reportedly obtained video evidence of her using the Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Home App to self-deport on March 11.

India-US Educational Ties

Despite these incidents, Jaiswal reaffirmed India’s commitment to strengthening educational ties with the US, noting that a significant number of Indian students pursue higher education in American institutions.

“The knowledge partnership and participation of our students in US universities is an important element of our relationship, and we want to foster these ties further,” he said.

Trump Announces Boeing’s F-47 as Winner of U.S. Air Force’s NGAD Fighter Contract

March 22, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

U.S. President Donald Trump, alongside Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth and U.S. Air Force Chief Gen. David Allvin, announced Boeing’s F-47 as the winning design for the U.S. Air Force’s Next-Generation Air Dominance (NGAD) manned fighter contract. The selection follows months of budget uncertainties and a detailed program review.

“An experimental version of the plane has secretly been flying for almost five years, and we’re confident that it massively overpowers the capabilities of any other nation,” Trump stated while introducing the F-47. He also hinted at possible toned-down versions for U.S. allies.

The contract, worth at least $20 billion, was contested between Boeing and Lockheed Martin’s Phantom Works and Skunk Works divisions. The NGAD fighters are expected to cost around $300 million each, with total program spending potentially reaching hundreds of billions over its lifetime.

The Air Force’s final decision was initially set for late 2024 under former Air Force Secretary Frank Kendall but was deferred to the new administration for further analysis. Gen. Allvin reinforced the importance of the NGAD program, emphasizing the need for a “high-end penetrating capability” to maintain U.S. air superiority.

Trump’s announcement included two images of the F-47, which some speculate is named in reference to him being the 47th U.S. president. A statement from Gen. Allvin highlighted the aircraft’s technological advancements, cost efficiency, and adaptability compared to existing fighters like the F-22. The F-47 boasts enhanced stealth, greater range, and higher operational availability.

NGAD is the Air Force’s most expensive research and development program, with a proposed $19.6 billion budget over the next five years. However, congressional proposals for 2025 include a $325 million funding cut.

The NGAD program originated from a 2016 Air Force study on “Air Superiority 2030.” It gained public attention in 2020 when Dr. Will Roper revealed that an experimental full-scale prototype had already flown. The initiative focused on rapid development cycles, modular designs, and digital engineering, allowing frequent fighter upgrades without costly service life extensions.

Amid rising costs and shifting priorities, the program underwent a strategic pause in 2024 to reassess operational requirements, including integration with autonomous systems like Collaborative Combat Aircraft (CCA). The review concluded in December, affirming the necessity of a manned next-generation fighter while considering future unmanned capabilities.

With Trump’s approval, Boeing’s F-47 is now set to enter production, with expectations that it will fly before the end of his administration.

Parents of Missing Indian Student in Dominican Republic Accept She Has Drowned

March 22, 2025 Staff ReporterYouth 0

The parents of Sudiksha Konanki, an Indian student who went missing from a beach in the Dominican Republic on March 6, have emotionally accepted that she has drowned.

Heartbreaking Statement from Family

In a tearful video, Sudiksha’s father, Subbarayudu Konanki, stated that authorities from both the U.S. and the Dominican Republic informed them about the high ocean waves at the time of the incident. He also confirmed that 22-year-old Joshua Riibe, previously labeled as a person of interest, was never a suspect.

With his wife, Sreedevi, sobbing beside him, Mr. Konanki said, “It is with deep sadness and a heavy heart that we are coming to terms with the fact that our daughter has drowned. This is incredibly difficult for us to process. We kindly ask you to keep our daughters in your prayers.”

Request for Death Declaration

The CNN reported that the family has asked for their daughter to be officially declared dead to “seek closure.” The Loudoun County Sheriff’s Office in Virginia, where the Konankis reside, confirmed their request to Dominican authorities to recognize her accidental drowning.

The Tragic Incident

Sudiksha, 20, a citizen of India and a U.S. permanent resident, was studying at the University of Pittsburgh. She traveled to Punta Cana with five friends on March 3.

Footage from March 5 shows her drinking at the bar of the Riu Republica hotel before heading to the beach with a group, including Riibe. She entered the beach at 4:15 a.m., while all her friends had returned by 5 a.m.

Riibe, an Iowa resident and a student at St. Cloud State University in Minnesota, told authorities he attempted to save her when they were dragged in by a wave, but she became too exhausted to swim.

Authorities Clear Riibe

Riibe’s passport was initially confiscated, and he was interrogated for six hours. However, officials do not consider him a suspect in the case.

As the grieving parents seek closure, they have urged authorities to formally acknowledge their daughter’s accidental drowning.

Indian Academic Badar Khan Suri Faces Deportation Over Alleged Hamas Ties

March 22, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Indian academic Badar Khan Suri, a Green Card holder and postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University, is facing deportation after being detained by U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) agents at his home in Arlington, Virginia. His lawyer claims he is being unfairly targeted due to his Palestinian spouse, while U.S. officials allege he has links to a designated terrorist organization.

Arrest and Deportation Orders

Masked DHS agents reportedly informed Suri that his visa had been revoked before taking him into custody. Tricia McLaughlin, Assistant Secretary at DHS, stated, “Suri was a foreign exchange student at Georgetown University actively spreading Hamas propaganda and promoting antisemitism on social media.”

According to McLaughlin, Suri has “close connections to a known or suspected terrorist, who is a senior advisor to Hamas.” This likely refers to his father-in-law, Ahamed Yousef, a former deputy foreign minister in the Hamas government and later the head of the House of Wisdom Institute in Gaza.

On March 15, 2025, the Secretary of State determined that Suri’s activities made him deportable under INA section 237(a)(4)(C)(i), which applies to foreign nationals engaged in activities that could be deemed a security threat.

Lawyer Alleges Bias Over Palestinian Spouse

Suri’s attorney, Hassan Ahmad, argues that his client is being unfairly targeted. “He is being punished because of the Palestinian heritage of his wife, and because the government suspects that he and his wife oppose U.S. foreign policy toward Israel,” Ahmad told Politico.

Suri met his wife, Maphaz Ahmad Yousef, in 2011 while assisting an international aid convoy to Gaza. She was working as a translator with a humanitarian group. The couple married in January 2014 in Delhi after political instability in Egypt prevented them from holding the ceremony in Gaza.

Links to Pro-Palestinian Movements

Suri, who previously studied at Jamia Millia Islamia in Delhi, was teaching Majoritarianism and Minority Rights in South Asia at Georgetown University. His arrest follows the self-deportation of Ranjani Srinivasan, an Indian student at Columbia University, who left for Canada after DHS linked her to pro-Palestinian campus activities.

DHS has been cracking down on individuals suspected of spreading Hamas propaganda as part of a broader effort by the Trump administration to curb radical activities on U.S. campuses.

How to Handle Relationship Conflict in a Healthy Way

March 22, 2025 Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

No relationship, no matter how strong, is entirely free of conflict. What sets healthy relationships apart from unhealthy ones is not the presence of conflict but how couples approach it. The strongest couples don’t fear disagreements; they see them as opportunities for growth rather than obstacles to avoid.

Disagreements don’t have to escalate into heated arguments. Instead, they can be viewed as natural differences in opinions, emotions, or expectations—things that, when handled correctly, can even strengthen a relationship. However, for many people, conflict feels intimidating, especially if they lack the tools to manage it effectively.

Renowned relationship expert Dr. John Gottman, in his book The Marriage Clinic, outlines four key techniques to ensure that conflicts are constructive rather than damaging. Practicing these consistently can help transform relationship disputes into opportunities for deeper understanding.

1. Use a ‘Softened Start-Up’

One of the biggest mistakes couples make is approaching conflicts with blame, criticism, or frustration. While it’s natural to feel emotional, the way a conversation begins often determines how it ends.

If you start with hostility, your partner will likely become defensive, turning what could have been a constructive discussion into an unproductive argument. Gottman emphasizes the importance of what he calls a “softened start-up”—approaching conflict with calmness, clarity, and care.

For example, if you feel unheard in your relationship, you have two ways to bring it up:

Harsh approach: “You never listen to me. You don’t care about what I have to say.”
Softened start-up: “I feel like I’m not always heard when we talk. I want to make sure we’re on the same page. Can we figure out a way to do that?”

The softened approach encourages conversation rather than combat. Instead of making accusations, you’re expressing a need, giving your partner a chance to respond with understanding rather than defensiveness.

Healthy couples don’t avoid difficult conversations—they take responsibility for how they initiate them. Starting discussions gently sets the stage for a productive exchange rather than an escalating argument.

2. Accept That Some Problems Are Unsolvable

Many people believe that a strong relationship means resolving every conflict. In reality, most relationship disagreements don’t have clear-cut solutions. Gottman’s research found that 69% of conflicts in relationships are perpetual, meaning they stem from fundamental differences in personality, values, or lifestyle.

For example, one partner may thrive on social interaction, while the other prefers solitude. This isn’t something that can be “fixed”—neither person is going to change their fundamental nature. However, successful couples learn to manage these differences rather than letting them cause division.

Instead of trying to eliminate unsolvable problems, couples who last focus on respecting each other’s needs and finding compromises. In the case of differing social needs, a couple might agree to set aside certain nights for socializing and others for quiet time together.

Unsolvable problems don’t have to be dealbreakers. What matters is how couples handle them. Instead of seeing disagreements as signs of incompatibility, the healthiest couples recognize them as natural and navigate them with patience and mutual respect.

3. Always Make Repair Attempts

It’s not conflict itself that ruins relationships—it’s the lingering resentment that can follow if conflicts go unresolved. Successful couples don’t just argue; they also repair the relationship afterward.

A repair attempt is any gesture—verbal or nonverbal—that helps defuse tension and reinforce the bond between partners. This could be an apology, a reassuring touch, humor, or even a simple, “I don’t want to fight. Can we start over?”

For instance, if an argument is escalating, one partner could reach out, hold the other’s hand, and say, “I love you. I don’t want to fight like this.” While this doesn’t erase the disagreement, it shifts the focus toward working together rather than against each other.

However, repair attempts only work if both partners are willing to accept them. If one person offers an olive branch but the other refuses to take it, resentment can linger. The key is to recognize these gestures as a way to reconnect and move forward.

4. Forgive and Focus on Gratitude

Forgiveness doesn’t mean ignoring problems or pretending they didn’t happen. Instead, it means choosing not to let past hurts define the relationship. Holding onto resentment can create distance, while letting go allows couples to move forward.

Forgiveness takes time, but research shows that practicing gratitude can make it easier. When couples actively focus on the positive aspects of their relationship, they shift their perspective away from mistakes and toward appreciation.

For example, if a partner forgets an anniversary or an important promise, it’s understandable to feel hurt. However, rather than fixating on the mistake, one might also recall the many ways their partner has shown love and support in other moments. This doesn’t mean dismissing hurt feelings—it just means putting them in a broader, more forgiving context.

By choosing to see a partner as a whole person rather than defining them by one mistake, couples create a path forward with love and hope.

Final Thoughts

Conflict is inevitable in any relationship, but it doesn’t have to be destructive. By starting conversations gently, accepting unsolvable differences, making repair attempts, and practicing forgiveness and gratitude, couples can turn disagreements into opportunities for deeper understanding.

The strongest relationships aren’t free of conflict—they are simply built on the skills to navigate it in a way that strengthens the bond rather than weakens it.

FinCEN Removes BOI Reporting Requirements for U.S. Companies, Limits Scope to Foreign Entities

March 22, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

On March 21, 2025, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) issued an interim final rule eliminating the requirement for U.S. companies and U.S. persons to report beneficial ownership information (BOI) under the Corporate Transparency Act (CTA). The rule now limits BOI reporting obligations to certain foreign entities.

Key Changes:

Redefinition of “Reporting Company”: The term now applies only to entities formed under foreign laws that have registered to do business in any U.S. state or tribal jurisdiction by filing with a secretary of state or similar office. Previously, it covered both domestic and foreign entities.
Exemption for Domestic Entities: U.S.-based businesses, formerly categorized as “domestic reporting companies,” no longer need to report BOI.
Foreign Entities’ Obligations: Foreign entities classified as “reporting companies” must submit BOI reports but are not required to disclose U.S. persons as beneficial owners. U.S. persons are also exempt from reporting their involvement in such entities.

Reporting Deadlines for Foreign Entities:

Registered Before March 21, 2025: Must file BOI reports by April 20, 2025.
Registered On or After March 21, 2025: Must file an initial BOI report within 30 calendar days of their effective registration date.

Public Comment and Finalization:

FinCEN is accepting public comments on the interim final rule and intends to finalize it later this year.

This move follows the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s March 2, 2025, announcement halting enforcement of BOI reporting for U.S. entities. The decision has been linked to broader policy shifts under the Trump-endorsed Treasury leadership.

How Much Sleep Do You Really Need? Experts Weigh In

March 22, 2025 Staff ReporterHealth 0

If you’re reading this, there’s a good chance you managed to get some sleep last night. However, the real question is whether you feel rested. Experts emphasize that evaluating how rested you feel is just as important as the number of hours you spend sleeping.

People typically spend about a third of their lives asleep, but the recommended duration varies. While eight hours is often cited as the ideal amount, individual needs differ, and sleep requirements change over time. Babies and young children generally need more sleep, while those over 65 can often function with slightly less than the recommended seven to nine hours.

Experts in sleep science and medicine offer insights into how much rest people truly need and whether factors such as gender play a role in sleep duration and quality.

One key point emphasized by researchers is that sleep quality matters more than sheer quantity. Despite its crucial role in overall health, sleep remains a somewhat mysterious biological function. “The reasons aren’t entirely clear, but it’s an essential thing that we all do,” explained Dr. Rafael Pelayo, a sleep specialist at Stanford University. “Something remarkable happens when you sleep. It’s the most natural form of self-care that we have.”

According to Molly Atwood, a behavioral sleep medicine clinician at Johns Hopkins, most people sleep between seven and nine hours per night, a range associated with the lowest risk of health problems. However, health risks increase for those who sleep less than six hours or more than nine hours regularly. Atwood noted that individual variations exist, so some people may function well with slightly less or more sleep than the average recommendation.

Rather than focusing solely on the number of hours slept, Pelayo emphasized the importance of waking up feeling refreshed. “What you really want to do is wake up feeling refreshed—that’s what it’s about,” he said. He likened poor-quality sleep to leaving a favorite restaurant still feeling hungry. “If somebody tells me that they sleep many hours but they wake up tired, something is wrong,” he added.

Sleep requirements fluctuate over the course of a lifetime. Newborns require the most sleep, typically between 14 to 17 hours daily. “Definitely when we’re babies and children, because we are growing so rapidly, we do need a lot more sleep,” Atwood explained.

The National Sleep Foundation provides general recommendations based on age. For adults aged 26 to 64, the ideal sleep duration is between seven and nine hours. Those aged 65 and older may need slightly less, whereas young adults aged 16 to 25 may benefit from slightly more sleep.

Sleep occurs in cycles, with each cycle lasting approximately 90 minutes. These cycles consist of different sleep stages, each serving a distinct purpose. Atwood pointed out that in the early part of the night, people experience more slow-wave sleep, or deep sleep, which plays a critical role in physical restoration and healing. This phase is particularly significant because it is when growth hormones are released.

In contrast, during the latter portion of the night, people spend more time in rapid eye movement (REM) sleep, commonly referred to as dream sleep. This stage is essential for cognitive functions such as learning and memory consolidation, the process through which short-term memories are converted into long-term memories.

Children experience significantly more deep sleep than adults. Atwood stated that around 50% of their sleep falls into this category. However, as individuals reach adolescence, the proportion of deep sleep decreases since the body no longer requires as much repair and restoration.

Interestingly, differences in sleep patterns between genders begin to emerge around puberty.

Although research does not confirm that women require more sleep than men, Atwood noted that women tend to sleep slightly more than men on average. This discrepancy begins early in life. Pelayo observed that teenage girls, despite having the same sleep needs as their male counterparts, often sleep less and report more frequent instances of insomnia.

Motherhood significantly affects women’s sleep patterns, particularly when caring for newborns. First-time mothers often experience frequent nighttime awakenings to tend to their infants, resulting in less sleep overall. Allison Harvey, a clinical psychologist and professor at UC Berkeley who specializes in sleep research, noted that this disrupted sleep can have lasting effects.

Hormonal fluctuations also contribute to variations in women’s sleep quality and quantity. Pregnancy and menopause, in particular, can significantly impact sleep. “With menopause in particular, women can develop deterioration in their sleep with an increased number and duration of nighttime awakenings,” explained Dr. Mithri Junna, a Mayo Clinic neurologist specializing in sleep disorders.

Atwood added that hormonal shifts throughout the menstrual cycle can also influence sleep duration. “Women may also need more sleep right before their menstrual cycle,” she said. She emphasized the importance of paying attention to the body’s natural signals. “There are definitely times that your body’s telling you that you need more sleep,” Atwood said. “It’s important to listen.”

Lack of sufficient sleep can manifest in several ways, including irritability, mood swings, and difficulty concentrating. While these may seem like minor inconveniences, chronic sleep deprivation can lead to more severe health consequences.

“If you’re not getting enough sleep or you have untreated insomnia or sleep apnea, your risk of depression increases,” Atwood warned. Additionally, insufficient sleep raises the likelihood of cardiovascular issues such as high blood pressure, heart attacks, and strokes. Sleep deprivation also weakens the immune system and has been linked to an increased risk of developing Alzheimer’s disease.

People who consistently wake up feeling fatigued despite sleeping the recommended number of hours may want to consult a doctor. A primary care physician can assess whether underlying medical conditions might be contributing to poor sleep quality. If sleep problems persist, consulting a sleep specialist could be beneficial in identifying and addressing the root causes of sleep disturbances.

Ultimately, ensuring both sufficient sleep quantity and high-quality sleep is crucial for overall health and well-being. Experts agree that listening to the body’s natural cues, maintaining a consistent sleep schedule, and addressing any persistent sleep problems can lead to significant improvements in physical and mental health.

Maldives Targets 300,000 Indian Tourists Amid Decline in Arrivals

March 22, 2025 Staff ReporterTourism 0

The Maldives, recently named the world’s most beautiful island by Travel + Leisure magazine readers, is aiming to attract 300,000 Indian tourists in 2025 after experiencing a significant drop in arrivals last year.

Decline in Indian Tourists

From 2020 to 2023, India was the Maldives’ largest source of visitors. However, in 2024, the number of Indian arrivals fell by 34%, according to Firstpost. This decline has raised concerns for the tourism-dependent nation, where the industry remains the primary source of foreign exchange.

China and Russia Lead in Arrivals

The Maldives welcomed 2 million visitors last year, with China emerging as the top source of tourists, followed by Russia.

Strategies to Attract Indian Tourists

To regain Indian travelers, the Maldives Marketing and Public Relations Corporation (MMPRC) has announced plans to hold monthly promotional events across India, Economic Times reported.

MMPRC Chairman Abdulla Ghiyas stated that the agency is also collaborating with Indian and Maldivian airlines to increase direct flights from more Indian cities.

By enhancing connectivity and boosting marketing efforts, the Maldives hopes to reclaim its position as a favored destination for Indian travelers.

Heathrow Airport Faces Shutdown After Fire at Electrical Substation, Power Restoration Underway

March 21, 2025March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterTravel 0

A fire at an electrical substation near Heathrow Airport forced the shutdown of Europe’s busiest airport, leaving thousands of passengers stranded. According to a National Grid source, power is expected to return within hours.

The London Fire Brigade reports that the fire is still burning, affecting not only Heathrow’s Terminals 2 and 4 but also leaving 5,000 nearby homes without electricity. Despite counter-terrorism police leading the investigation, the Metropolitan Police have stated there is no current indication of foul play.

Heathrow officials have confirmed that no flights will take off or land today, warning of prolonged disruptions. A source at the airport revealed that back-up generators were activated but were insufficient to power the entire facility. The failure raises “serious questions” about the airport’s emergency preparedness, according to an industry executive.

Nearby hotels and pubs are filled with stranded travelers, many of whom are anxiously waiting for updates. BBC correspondent Rich Preston described the scene, noting the growing frustration among passengers.

Partial Power Restoration at Heathrow

Reports indicate that power has returned to some areas of the airport, specifically Terminal 4. According to PA news agency, an “interim solution” has been implemented by National Grid, allowing affected customers to regain access to electricity.

Despite this partial restoration, Heathrow will remain closed until at least 23:59 GMT today.

British Airways Cancels All Short-Haul Flights

As a result of the disruption, British Airways has announced the cancellation of all short-haul flights at Heathrow for today.

“Our teams are currently working hard to review our long-haul schedule,” the airline stated, adding that they are also evaluating potential impacts on flights scheduled for tomorrow and beyond.

‘Extremely Damaging’ to the UK’s Reputation

Travel journalist Simon Calder expressed concerns about the long-term consequences of the incident, noting that even if power is fully restored, normal operations are unlikely to resume immediately.

“Tomorrow will still be far from a normal day,” he said, warning that disruptions could extend into next week.

“Ultimately, it’s extremely damaging to the UK economically, reputationally, and causes immense distress to people. All those people have been let down,” he added.

Student Criticizes Heathrow’s Lack of Backup Plan

Maz Cooper, an 18-year-old psychology student from Hampshire, was among those affected. She had been scheduled to travel to Poland for a college trip, with a planned visit to Auschwitz as the main focus.

Speaking to reporters, she expressed frustration over the lack of preparedness at Heathrow.

“It’s ridiculous that a substation fire could shut down such a large airport,” she said.

She described the uncertainty she and her classmates faced.

“We came to college this morning completely unsure if we’d be going. We waited until 12, when our teachers unfortunately broke the news that we couldn’t go.”

Cooper also highlighted the stress this caused for the trip’s organizers.

“I want to emphasize the stress and panic the teachers organizing this had to go through due to the lack of resilience from Heathrow Airport, let alone the students who were left in limbo until it was confirmed the trip was canceled.”

While she acknowledged the complexity of the situation, she criticized Heathrow’s apparent lack of contingency measures.

“The fact that there’s no back-up plan for problems like this is, frankly, ridiculous,” she said.

Smoke Continues to Rise from Substation

Even after 14 hours, smoke is still visible at the substation where the fire started. Emergency crews continue efforts to control the situation while authorities investigate.

National Grid’s Interim Solution

The National Grid has provided an update, stating that they have implemented “an interim solution” to restore power to affected customers, including Heathrow Airport.

According to their statement, engineers successfully reconfigured the network from the North Hyde substation, allowing reconnections to previously impacted areas. This includes parts of Heathrow that were affected by the outage.

However, the National Grid emphasized that this is only a temporary fix.

Reports from Heathrow Indicate Partial Restoration

PA news agency reporters on-site at Heathrow have observed signs of power returning to certain areas.

They report that lights are back on in Terminal 4’s main building, and the lifts in the multi-story car park are operational again.

Massive Travel Disruptions Expected

While some power has been restored, major disruptions are expected to continue. The full extent of the knock-on effect on future flights remains uncertain.

Passengers have been advised to check with their airlines for updates on rescheduled flights and alternative arrangements.

Emergency Response and Investigation Continue

Fire crews remain at the scene, working to fully extinguish the blaze and assess structural damage. The counter-terrorism unit continues its investigation, but so far, there is no evidence suggesting foul play.

Airport authorities and government officials are expected to hold briefings to provide further updates on the situation and outline steps to prevent similar incidents in the future.

Unanswered Questions

As of now, passengers and industry experts alike are left with pressing concerns:

When will normal airport operations resume?
Will airlines be able to accommodate stranded passengers quickly?
What caused the fire, and could similar incidents happen again?

For now, Heathrow remains at a standstill, leaving thousands of travelers uncertain about their next steps.

Federal Reserve Holds Interest Rates Steady Amid Uncertainty Over Trump’s Economic Policies

March 21, 2025March 24, 2025 Staff ReporterMoney 0

The Federal Reserve opted to keep interest rates unchanged on Wednesday as central bank officials assess the impact of President Donald Trump’s aggressive economic policies.

The decision, announced at the end of the Fed’s two-day monetary policy meeting, indicates that officials are awaiting clear signs that inflation is moving toward their 2% target or that the economy is slowing more than anticipated—two scenarios that could prompt rate cuts.

According to the latest economic projections released Wednesday, officials still anticipate lowering borrowing costs twice this year. However, eight officials now foresee either one or no rate cuts in 2024, compared to only four who held that view in December.

During a post-meeting press conference, Fed Chair Jerome Powell acknowledged the uncertainty facing American businesses and consumers, much of it linked to what he described as the Trump administration’s “turmoil.”

“It remains to be seen how these developments affect future spending and investment,” Powell said.

For now, the Fed’s benchmark borrowing rate remains between 4.25% and 4.5%. Powell noted that holding rates steady allows policymakers to monitor how Trump’s sweeping policy changes—such as tariffs, mass deportations, and a shrinking federal workforce—affect the U.S. economy.

In recent speeches, Fed officials have emphasized their willingness to adjust interest rates in either direction based on economic data.

Wednesday’s decision marks the second consecutive time the central bank has maintained borrowing costs.

Projections released by the Fed suggest the economy will be weaker than previously expected this year, with inflation running higher than anticipated.

As Trump’s administration pursues significant structural changes, Fed officials see the U.S. economy trending toward “stagflation”—a troubling mix of sluggish or negative growth and rising inflation. Whether the country enters a full-blown stagflationary period, last seen in the 1970s, remains uncertain.

All 12 voting Fed officials supported Wednesday’s decision to hold rates steady, though Fed Governor Christopher Waller dissented on the separate decision to slow the pace of reducing the central bank’s balance sheet.

Powell on Trump’s Economic Policies

Trump’s economic policies pose a major challenge for the Fed due to their broad and uncertain effects. During the press conference, Powell faced numerous questions about how the Fed is factoring in the president’s policy shifts.

Trump’s tariffs could fuel inflation and dampen economic growth, while his immigration crackdown may create labor shortages in key industries. His mass layoffs of federal employees could push some local economies into recession, but his deregulation efforts and extension of 2017 tax cuts might spur growth. The overall impact of Trump’s policies on growth, inflation, and the labor market remains unclear.

Powell noted that Trump’s tariffs contributed to the Fed’s higher inflation projections for this year, though he acknowledged the difficulty in determining exactly how much inflation is attributable to the trade war.

Following the Fed’s announcement, Trump urged policymakers to cut interest rates as tariffs take effect.

“The Fed would be MUCH better off CUTTING RATES as U.S. Tariffs start to transition (ease!) their way into the economy,” Trump wrote on Truth Social, referring to April 2—when reciprocal tariffs are set to go into effect—as “Liberation Day in America.”

Earlier this month, Powell reiterated that the Fed would be guided by economic data rather than forecasts. He pointed to signs of a slowdown in consumer spending.

A Strong Labor Market Offsets Economic Concerns

Despite concerns about consumer spending, the labor market remains a pillar of strength for the economy.

In February, the unemployment rate stood at 4.1%, with employers adding 151,000 jobs. Weekly jobless claims, often an early indicator of labor market shifts, remain at historically low levels.

Powell highlighted the labor market’s resilience as a key factor supporting the economy. However, he cautioned that any unexpected deterioration could prompt the Fed to resume rate cuts sooner.

“Labor market conditions are solid,” Powell said.

When asked about the risk of a recession, Powell downplayed concerns, noting that while some economists have raised their odds of an economic downturn, the risk remains moderate.

“Forecasters have generally raised—a number of them have raised—their possibility of a recession somewhat. But still at relatively moderate levels,” Powell said. “If you go back two months, people were saying that the likelihood of a recession was extremely low. So it has moved, but it’s not high.”

America’s Economic Mood and Its Impact on Spending

While economic data remains strong, sentiment surveys indicate a growing pessimism among businesses and consumers—a trend Powell acknowledged during Wednesday’s press conference.

Trump’s policy agenda has already influenced “soft data” measures, such as consumer and business sentiment surveys. However, Powell noted that the relationship between sentiment and actual economic activity is not always clear.

“There are times people are saying very downbeat things about the economy and then going out and buying a new car,” Powell remarked.

Despite the strong labor market, Americans are increasingly concerned about inflation. The University of Michigan’s latest consumer survey showed rising long-term inflation expectations. If these expectations continue to climb, the Fed may be forced to reconsider its stance on interest rates.

During Trump’s first trade war in 2018, inflation expectations were a major factor in the Fed’s decision to consider rate hikes, according to declassified policy documents known as the “teal book.”

Powell, however, suggested that long-term inflation expectations remain stable, citing data from the New York Fed.

The Michigan consumer survey for March recorded the largest month-over-month jump in five-to-ten-year inflation expectations since 1993. Even so, Powell dismissed concerns over the recent spike in short-term inflation expectations.

“You would expect that expectations of inflation over the course of a year would move around because conditions change,” he said. “And in this case, we have tariffs coming in. We don’t know how big. There are so many things we don’t know.”

Looking Ahead

The Fed’s decision to keep rates unchanged reflects a cautious approach amid uncertainty over Trump’s economic policies.

With the economy showing mixed signals—strong employment but slowing consumer spending—central bankers are navigating a complex landscape. Inflation remains a key concern, especially as Trump’s tariffs roll out.

As the year progresses, the Fed will closely monitor economic data to determine whether rate cuts are necessary. The path ahead remains uncertain, with Trump’s policies introducing new variables into an already delicate economic environment.

Study Links Bowel Movement Frequency to Long-Term Health

March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterHealth 0

A new study published in Cell Reports Medicine highlights the significant impact of bowel movement frequency on overall health and physiology. Researchers found that the optimal frequency for long-term well-being is once or twice a day, with deviations linked to potential health risks.

Health Risks of Irregular Bowel Movements

Previous studies have suggested links between constipation and a higher risk of infections, while frequent diarrhea has been associated with an increased likelihood of neurodegenerative diseases. However, these studies primarily focused on sick patients, making it unclear whether irregular bowel movements were the cause or a result of these conditions.

Senior study author Sean Gibbons from the Institute for Systems Biology hopes the research will encourage clinicians to take bowel movement frequency more seriously, as it is often dismissed as a mere “nuisance.”

Study Findings: The “Goldilocks Zone”

The researchers collected clinical, lifestyle, and biological data—including gut microbiome composition, blood chemistry, and genetics—from over 1,400 healthy adult volunteers without signs of active disease.

Participants were categorized into four groups based on self-reported bowel movement frequency:

Category	Frequency
Constipation	1–2 times per week
Low-Normal	3–6 times per week
High-Normal	1–3 times per day
Diarrhea	More than 3 times per day

The study identifiedone to two bowel movements per day as the “Goldilocks Zone” for optimal health, as it was associated with a healthier gut microbiome and fewer negative health indicators.

The Impact of Constipation and Diarrhea

Constipation:
1. When stools remain too long in the gut, gut microbes ferment proteins instead of fiber, leading to the production of toxins like p-cresol sulfate and indoxyl sulfate.
2. These toxins can accumulate in the bloodstream, potentially harming the kidneys.
3. Even in otherwise healthy individuals, constipation led to a rise in these toxins.
Diarrhea:
1. Researchers found signs of inflammation and liver damage among participants with frequent diarrhea.
2. Excessive diarrhea leads to a loss of bile acid, which is normally recycled to help absorb dietary fats.
3. This may contribute to nutrient malabsorption and liver stress.

Diet and Lifestyle Factors

The study found that diet and lifestyle played a key role in maintaining regular bowel movements. Individuals in the Goldilocks Zone typically:

Ate more fruits and vegetables (the strongest predictor of healthy bowel movements).
Drank plenty of water.
Engaged in regular physical activity.
Followed a more plant-based diet.

Demographic Trends

Younger people, women, and those with a lower BMI were more likely to have less frequent bowel movements.
Hormonal and neurological differences between men and women may contribute to this variation, as men tend to consume more food, leading to more frequent bowel movements.

Next Steps in Research

The researchers aim to conduct a large-scale clinical trial to examine whether managing bowel movement frequency over an extended period can contribute to disease prevention.

Key Takeaway:Maintainingone to two bowel movements per day, supported by a fiber-rich diet, hydration, and physical activity, may play a crucial role in long-term health.

Trump Orders Dismantling of Education Department, But Faces Legal and Congressional Hurdles

March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

This Trump executive order sounds dramatic, but the Department of Education (DOE) can’tactually be dismantled without Congressional approval. The order directs Education Secretary Linda McMahon to take steps to reduce the department’s influence and return power to the states, aligning with long-standing Republican priorities.

Key Points of the Order:

Calls for shutting down the DOE while ensuring that essential programs like Title I funding for high-poverty schools, Pell Grants, and student loans continue.
Bans remaining DOE funds from being used for diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) initiatives or “gender ideology.”
Cuts department staff in half (from 4,000 to about 2,000 employees) through layoffs and buyouts, as part of a broader federal workforce reduction led by Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency.
Aims to make the department “much smaller,” but acknowledges it won’t be fully eliminated—at least not immediately.

Legal and Political Challenges:

Only Congress can abolish the DOE, so Trump’s executive order doesn’t actually achieve that goal.
Teachers’ unions and Democrats are preparing legal challenges.
- American Federation of Teachers President Randi Weingarten responded: “See you in court.”
- Patty Murray (D-Wash.) called it a “wrecking ball” approach.
- Advocates for student loan borrowers warn it will cause confusion and hardship for students.
Expands presidential authority: Trump’s efforts mirror his previous attempt to dismantle the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), which was blocked by a federal judge.

Trump’s Justification:

Argues that the U.S. spends too much per student but ranks low in global education performance.
Calls for a return to state control over education policy.
Claimsfederal bureaucracy has failed to improve education outcomes.

While the move is largely symbolic for now, it signals Trump’s continued push to reshape federal governance—and could have long-term implications if Republicans gain more power in Congress.

U.S. Falls to Lowest-Ever Ranking in World Happiness Report

March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

The United States has experienced a sharp decline in global happiness rankings, falling to No. 24 in the latest World Happiness Report—its lowest position in the report’s 13-year history.

Last year, the U.S. dropped out of the top 20 for the first time, but the continuous decline has researchers particularly concerned.

Youth Well-Being Driving the Decline

A major factor behind the drop is the declining happiness among young Americans. According to Jan-Emmanuel De Neve, an Oxford professor and editor of the report, the decline is particularly driven by people under 30.

“If you were only to assess those below 30, the U.S. wouldn’t even rank in the top 60 happiest countries,” De Neve told Fortune.

Inequality and Social Isolation Are Key Factors

Unlike Nordic nations such as Finland (No. 1), Denmark (No. 2), and Iceland (No. 3), where well-being is more evenly distributed, the U.S. has greater economic inequality, affecting overall happiness.

“In these Scandinavian countries, a rising tide lifts all boats,” De Neve explained, adding that in Finland, most people rate their happiness at seven or eight on a scale of ten, whereas in the U.S., responses are more polarized, with both high and extremely low ratings.

Additionally, social isolation is growing. In 2023, nearly one in five young adults in the U.S. reported having no one to rely on for support. Data also shows that the number of people dining alone in the U.S. has surged 53% since 2003.

“You see an extraordinary increase in dining alone over the past two decades in the U.S.,” De Neve noted.

This social isolation fosters mistrust in others and society, leading people to form echo chambers that reinforce negative perceptions, including distrust of strangers and institutions.

Trust in Others: A Key Indicator

The study measured trust levels using a “lost wallet” experiment, where people were asked whether they believed a stranger would return a lost wallet.

Compared to Nordic countries, Americans were less likely to believe that a stranger would return a wallet or that police would ensure its safe return.

“That single item of the wallet drop is very powerful,” De Neve explained.

Broader Implications

With trust eroding and social isolation increasing, the report suggests that America’s happiness crisis may continue unless deeper structural issues—such as economic inequality, loneliness, and declining trust in institutions—are addressed.

Japan Becomes First Team to Qualify for 2026 World Cup Through Qualifiers

March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterSports 0

Japan has become the first nation to book a spot in the 2026 FIFA World Cup via qualifiers, securing their place with a 2-0 victory over Bahrain in Saitama.

Kamada and Kubo Seal Japan’s Qualification

Second-half goals from Crystal Palace’s Daichi Kamada and Real Sociedad’s Takefusa Kubo ensured Japan’s progression with three games to spare in the third round of the Asian qualifiers.

While Canada, Mexico, and the United States had already secured places as tournament hosts, Japan is the first team to qualify through the qualification process.

Asia’s Road to the World Cup

The Asian Football Confederation (AFC) has eight guaranteed spots in the expanded 48-team tournament, with an additionalplayoff spot available through intercontinental playoffs.

The third round of Asian qualifying features 18 teams split into three groups. The top two teams from each group qualify directly for the World Cup, while the third- and fourth-placed teams move to a fourth round to compete for the remaining slots.

Dominant Japan Secure Eighth Consecutive World Cup Appearance

Under manager Hajime Moriyasu, Japan continues its streak of World Cup qualifications, having reached the tournament’s last 16 in Qatar 2022 before losing to Croatia on penalties.

Japan has dominated the qualifiers, winning six out of six matches in the second round and remainingunbeaten in the third round with six wins and one draw.

The squad featured Liverpool’s Wataru Endo, Brighton’s Kaoru Mitoma, and Takumi Minamino, a Premier League winner with Liverpool in 2020.

Australia Trails Behind Japan

Second-placed Australia, who secured a 5-1 victory over Indonesia, remainsnine points behind Japan.

Meanwhile, European qualifiers for the 2026 FIFA World Cup are set to begin this week, with England and Wales among the teams in action.

Dark Energy May Be Changing, Challenging Einstein’s Theory

March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterScience 0

Scientists have found new evidence suggesting that Dark Energy, the mysterious force driving the expansion of the universe, may be changing over time. If confirmed, this discovery could lead to a fundamental shift in our understanding of space, time, and cosmology.

A Paradigm Shift in Astronomy?

Some researchers believe they are on the brink of one of the biggest breakthroughs in astronomy in a generation. The findings contradict aspects of Einstein’s theory, which has long guided our understanding of the cosmos.

“This is a dramatic moment,” said Prof Ofer Lahav of University College London (UCL) in an interview with BBC News.

“We may be witnessing a paradigm shift in our understanding of the Universe.”

Dark Energy: A Mystery Deepens

Dark Energy was first discovered in 1998, when astronomers found that instead of slowing down, the universe’s expansion was accelerating. Scientists did not understand the cause and labeled it Dark Energy to signify its unknown nature.

To study it, researchers have been observing how galaxies move apart over time. One of the most advanced projects investigating this is the Dark Energy Spectroscopic Instrument (DESI) at Kitt Peak National Observatory, Arizona. This device, made up of 5,000 robotic telescopes, rapidly scans galaxies to measure their distances.

A Growing “Blip” in the Data

Last year, DESI detected a hint that the force exerted by Dark Energy had changed over time. Initially, many scientists believed it was just an error in the data.

However, one year later, the anomaly has grown stronger.

“The evidence is stronger now than it was,” said Prof Seshadri Nadathur from the University of Portsmouth.

“We’ve performed many additional tests, and they make us confident that this isn’t an unknown error in the data.”

A “Weird” Force Getting Even Weirder

The findings, though not yet officially classified as a discovery, have caught the attention of leading scientists.

“Dark Energy appears to be even weirder than we thought,” said Prof Catherine Heymans, Scotland’s Astronomer Royal from Edinburgh University.

“In 2024, the data was uncertain. But now, with more evidence and scrutiny, we might be edging toward a major breakthrough.”

Yet, what exactly is causing the variation in Dark Energy’s force remains unknown.

“No one knows!” said Prof Lahav.

“If this new result is correct, we need a new theory to explain it. That’s what makes this so exciting.”

The Search for Answers Continues

Over the next two years, DESI will continue collecting data, aiming to measure 50 million galaxies to verify these observations. Meanwhile, the European Space Agency’s Euclid mission, launched in 2023, is providing even deeper insights into Dark Energy by observing galaxies further away.

“We’re in the business of letting the Universe tell us how it works,” said Andrei Cuceu, a researcher at the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory in California.

“Maybe it’s more complicated than we thought.”

The DESI project includes over 900 researchers from 70 institutions worldwide, including Durham, UCL, and Portsmouth University from the UK.

If these findings hold, our understanding of the cosmos may be on the verge of a revolutionary transformation.

10 Science-Backed Habits to Train Your Brain for Lasting Joy

March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Ever wonder why some people radiate joy no matter what life throws at them?

It’s not about luck or ignorance of stress—it’s about habits that reinforce positive neural pathways. These aren’t fleeting mood boosters; they’re small, consistent actions that build long-term emotional resilience.

Here are 10 research-backed strategies to rewire your brain for sustainable happiness.

1. Start Your Day with Gratitude

Beginning the morning with a simple gratitude practice signals your brain to focus on the good.

Write down three things you’re thankful for—a supportive friend, a warm bed, or a great cup of coffee.
Neuroscience shows that repeatedly recognizing positivity strengthens optimism circuits in the brain.
Over time, gratitude becomes self-reinforcing, making it easier to spot the good in everyday life.

2. Move Your Body—Even a Little

Exercise isn’t just about fitness; it’s a mood booster.

Physical activity releases endorphins, reducing stress hormones.
Even a brisk 10-minute walk can refresh your mood, improve focus, and lower irritability.
Movement acts as a mental reset button, helping you tackle challenges with clarity and resilience.

3. Feed Your Mind with Positivity

The content you consume shapes your mindset.

Choose uplifting books, podcasts, or videos that inspire and motivate.
A short motivational speech, an inspiring chapter, or a funny clip can subtly shift your mindset.
Over time, these micro-doses of positivity train your brain to lean towards optimism.

4. Perform Micro-Acts of Kindness

Small good deeds trigger a “helper’s high”, lighting up the brain’s reward centers.

Buy someone coffee, send a kind message, or hold the door open.
Research shows acts of kindness lower cortisol (the stress hormone) and increase happiness chemicals.
Shifting focus from internal worries to external empathy promotes a greater sense of connection and fulfillment.

5. Challenge Limiting Beliefs

Your thoughts shape your reality—so why not rewrite negative mental scripts?

Identify outdated beliefs like “I’ll never be a positive person” or “I’m bad at work-life balance.”
Challenge and reframe them into constructive, empowering statements.
Studies show that changing self-defeating narratives weakens negative neural pathways, rewiring the brain for growth.

6. Take Mindful Breaks

We live in a fast-paced world, but short breaks can reset your stress response.

Try deep breathing, silent reflection, or a quick walk.
Marcus Aurelius once said, “Nowhere you can go is more peaceful—more free of interruptions—than your own soul.”
These micro-pauses train the brain to stay resilient under pressure.

7. Engage in a Creative Outlet

Creative activities activate brain regions linked to problem-solving and emotional expression.

Painting, writing, cooking, or playing an instrument can be deeply therapeutic.
Flow states—where you lose track of time—can rejuvenate the mind and lower stress.
Creative expression fosters a sense of progress and accomplishment, boosting self-esteem.

8. Prioritize Real Social Connections

Humans thrive on connection.

Face-to-face interactions release oxytocin, the bonding hormone linked to happiness.
Even if you can’t meet in person, a call or video chat can reduce feelings of isolation.
Studies on Blue Zones (regions with the longest lifespans) show that strong social networks are key to well-being.

9. Limit Doomscrolling

Excessive exposure to negative news keeps the brain in a constant state of stress.

Set boundaries around news consumption—stay informed, but in controlled doses.
Offset negativity by seeking out positive or uplifting content.
A less-stressed nervous system makes room for more joy and peace.

10. Reflect Before Bed

A quick nighttime review rewires your brain to focus on what went well.

Ask yourself:
- What am I grateful for today?
- What went better than expected?
This reflection strengthens positive memory storage and reduces rumination on negative events.

The Bottom Line

Rewiring your brain for joy isn’t about overnight transformation—it’s about small, consistent habits that stack up over time.

Each time you:

✅ Practice gratitude

✅ Take a mindful break

✅ Choose uplifting content

✅ Engage in creativity or kindness

—you’re literally reshaping your brain’s neural pathways.

Joy isn’t just a personality trait; it’s a skill you can train.

And that’s a powerful realization—because it means happiness is within your control.

Heightened Scrutiny for Green Card Holders and H-1B Visa Holders Under Trump Administration

March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The Trump administration’s stringent immigration enforcement measures have significantly impacted green card holders and H-1B visa holders, particularly when traveling internationally. The question now is how these policies affect the Indian community in the United States.

New York-based immigration attorney Naresh Gehi told Newsweek, “The administration is taking the law in their own hands with blatant disregard to the judiciary of the nation.” He added that numerous Indian professionals with green cards have reported increased questioning.

Immigration lawyers argue that even lawful immigrants face enhanced scrutiny at entry points. The government has intensified adherence to existing immigration laws under the justification of national security and border control.

Tricia McLaughlin, Assistant Secretary at the Department of Homeland Security, defended these actions, telling Newsweek, “The Trump administration is enforcing immigration laws—something the previous administration failed to do. Those who violate these laws will be processed, detained, and removed as required.”

Additionally, Vice President JD Vance stated in a Fox News interview, “A green card holder doesn’t have an indefinite right to be in the United States.”

Increased Inspections at Airports

This shift has led to more thorough inspections at airports and border checkpoints. Some green card holders have reported instances of detention and intensive questioning upon reentry into the U.S. Legal experts warn that permanent residents who spend more than 180 days outside the country risk facing additional scrutiny upon their return.

A widely discussed case last year involved Fabian Schmidt, a green card holder from New Hampshire, who expressed dissatisfaction with his treatment at Logan Airport after returning from Luxembourg. Reports indicate that he underwent a rigorous interrogation and felt coerced into relinquishing his green card status.

However, Hilton Beckham, Assistant Commissioner of Public Affairs at Customs and Border Protection (CBP), dismissed these allegations in a statement to Newsweek. “These claims [regarding Schmidt] are blatantly false with respect to CBP. When an individual is found with drug-related charges and tries to reenter the country, officers will take proper action.”

Seattle-based immigration attorney Kripa Upadhyay criticized the government’s approach, telling Newsweek, “The revocation of green cards and arrest and detention of individuals in the U.S. without giving them an opportunity to prove their lawful status is a violation of due process.”

Upadhyay also highlighted the case of an Indian executive who was denied entry after being suspected of unauthorized employment while holding a B-1 business visa. “It is not connected to criminal activity on their parts; rather, to the fear of being without status because of excessive delays in immigration processing,” she explained.

Stricter Oversight of H-1B Visa Holders

In addition to targeting green card holders, the administration has tightened enforcement measures against H-1B visa holders. Reports suggest that individuals returning from overseas trips are subject to more rigorous questioning regarding their employment status, job roles, and salary details.

Some H-1B workers have been asked to provide extensive documentation upon arrival, including employer verification letters and pay stubs, before being allowed back into the country. Immigration attorneys warn that even minor discrepancies between visa applications and actual job duties could lead to visa revocation.

One such case involved an IT consultant working for a U.S.-based firm who was detained upon returning from India. Immigration officers reportedly questioned whether his job duties aligned with the visa’s requirements. Despite holding valid work authorization, he was detained for hours before finally being allowed to enter the country.

“Even small inconsistencies in job descriptions can create major issues,” said New Jersey-based immigration lawyer Meera Patel. “Many H-1B holders now travel with a stack of documents just to avoid unnecessary complications.”

Growing Concerns Among Indian Immigrants

The heightened scrutiny has caused anxiety among Indian immigrants, particularly those awaiting permanent residency. Many fear that prolonged travel restrictions and administrative hurdles could disrupt their careers and families.

Some have even reconsidered international travel, worried that a routine trip abroad could lead to additional questioning or, in extreme cases, denial of reentry.

“I used to visit my family in India once a year, but now I think twice,” said Rahul Mehta, a software engineer in California. “The stories of people being harassed at airports make me nervous.”

Even Indian students and professionals on temporary visas have expressed concerns. Those on Optional Practical Training (OPT) worry that any administrative errors could jeopardize their chances of securing a more permanent status in the U.S.

“There is a real fear that even the smallest mistake could lead to deportation,” said immigration advocate Sunita Rao. “People feel like they are constantly walking on eggshells.”

Political and Legal Reactions

Legal experts and immigrant advocacy groups have criticized the administration’s policies, arguing that they create unnecessary obstacles for individuals who have followed legal pathways to live and work in the United States.

Several lawsuits have been filed challenging these policies, with attorneys arguing that enhanced scrutiny disproportionately affects legal immigrants rather than addressing undocumented immigration.

Lawmakers from both parties have also voiced concerns. While some Republicans have supported the measures as a means of enforcing existing laws, Democrats have accused the administration of targeting immigrants unfairly.

“The administration is creating an environment of fear,” said Representative Pramila Jayapal. “Green card holders and skilled workers who contribute to our economy shouldn’t be treated like criminals.”

Meanwhile, some immigration officials argue that the measures are necessary to close loopholes and prevent fraud in the visa and residency process.

Potential Long-Term Impacts

Experts suggest that if these policies remain in place, they could have long-term consequences for the U.S. economy, particularly in industries reliant on skilled foreign labor.

Technology firms, in particular, have expressed concerns that increased immigration enforcement could deter top talent from seeking opportunities in the U.S. Some companies have already started exploring alternative locations, such as Canada, where immigration policies are perceived as more favorable.

“Companies need predictability when hiring international talent,” said Paul Harrington, a senior analyst at a technology consulting firm. “If the U.S. becomes too difficult to navigate, businesses will simply relocate jobs elsewhere.”

Some economists also warn that the uncertainty surrounding immigration could discourage foreign investment. Industries that rely on a steady influx of highly skilled professionals—such as healthcare, engineering, and academia—may struggle to attract the best global talent.

“Immigration policies should be structured in a way that balances national security concerns with economic growth,” said Harvard economist David Lin. “Otherwise, the U.S. risks losing its competitive edge.”

Calls for Reform

As immigration policies continue to evolve, advocacy groups and legal experts are calling for clearer guidelines and greater transparency in enforcement practices.

Some have urged Congress to pass legislation that provides more protections for green card holders and skilled workers, ensuring that legal immigrants are not unfairly targeted.

“There needs to be a more balanced approach,” said immigration attorney William Keller. “People who have followed the law shouldn’t have to live in constant fear of losing their status.”

For now, immigrants affected by the policy shifts are advised to stay informed, maintain proper documentation, and seek legal counsel when necessary.

While debates over immigration enforcement continue, one thing is clear: the landscape for legal immigrants in the U.S. has changed significantly under the Trump administration, leaving many uncertain about their future.

Vatican Introduces Minecraft-Based Game to Engage Younger Generations

March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterCulture 0

In an era where children are constantly immersed in digital worlds and Minecraft dominates online gaming, the Vatican is making a strategic move to connect with the younger audience—through video games.

Vatican officials have unveiled Peter is Here, a Minecraft-based game that allows players to explore the architectural splendor of St. Peter’s Basilica while learning about its rich history and artistic masterpieces.

Developed in collaboration with Microsoft’s Minecraft Education program, the game is part of the Vatican’s jubilee year initiative, aimed at familiarizing younger generations with the cultural and spiritual treasures housed within the Basilica.

“All within the video game, it is a 3D representation—a complete digital reconstruction of St. Peter’s Basilica,” explained Allison Matthews, head of Minecraft Education, during a press conference on Tuesday, March 18. “You have a character in the game, and you can walk through the hallways, explore the entire building, interact with the art pieces, the statues, and the mosaics, and learn about their history.”

Assurances on Pope Francis’ Health

Cardinal Mauro Gambetti took the opportunity to reassure the public that the project had been in progress long before Pope Francis was hospitalized with pneumonia.

“If Pope Francis were here, I imagine he would say, ‘You did well to think of this,’” Gambetti stated. “Even the way he lives and testifies to his faith right now reflects that our perspective is eternal. Through fun, in a certain sense, we are transported to another dimension.”

With a hopeful smile, he added, “He’s getting better. We pray a lot and wait for him to return. That is what we want.”

Minecraft as an Educational Tool

This is not the first time Minecraft has been leveraged for educational purposes.

Last year, the initiative UNITED24 recreated Ukraine’s Soledar salt mines within the game. The project aimed to raise awareness of the ongoing conflict while securing funds for the reconstruction of the Velyka Kostromka school, which had been devastated by Russian attacks.

Similarly, the popular battle royale game Fortnite has been used for historical education. Game designer Luc Bernard developed the platform’s first-ever educational Holocaust museum, offering players an interactive experience of key historical events.

The virtual museum includes narratives of figures such as Abdol Hossein Sardari, the Iranian diplomat who issued thousands of passports to Jews fleeing Nazi-occupied France. It also highlights the stories of LGBTQ+ Jews and the Black Panther tank battalion, which played a crucial role in liberating Jewish prisoners.

Gaming as a Gateway to Cultural Heritage

The Vatican’s embrace of video games as an educational tool reflects a broader trend of using digital platforms to engage younger audiences. By integrating history, art, and faith into an interactive experience, Peter is Here offers a novel way for players to connect with the Vatican’s cultural legacy.

As gaming continues to evolve beyond entertainment, projects like this demonstrate the potential of virtual worlds in education and historical preservation.

Love, Money & Chores: The Three Biggest Relationship Deal-Breakers and How to Fix Them

March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Having worked with countless couples in counseling sessions over the years, I have come to realize that no relationship is without its flaws. Every couple encounters disagreements, but what are the major deal-breakers that lead to repeated conflicts? While every relationship has its own triggers, three common themes often emerge as the root causes of disputes: financial disagreements, division of household responsibilities, and conflicting long-term aspirations. Let’s take a closer look at each issue and explore ways to navigate these challenges while maintaining a healthy relationship.

1. Financial Friction: When Money Becomes a Battleground

Money can be one of the most sensitive topics in any relationship, and financial stress is a leading cause of arguments between couples. Studies indicate that differing attitudes toward money can create a significant strain, as one partner may prioritize saving and financial security while the other may adopt a more carefree, spend-as-you-go approach. When these differing financial habits clash, they can lead to feelings of frustration, resentment, and insecurity about the future.

Consider Sarah and Ethan, a couple who found themselves in constant financial disputes. Sarah was meticulous about saving for the future, ensuring they had a financial cushion, while Ethan preferred to enjoy the present and spend on experiences. Sarah perceived Ethan’s spending habits as reckless and feared they would struggle later in life, while Ethan felt constrained by Sarah’s cautious approach, believing that life was meant to be enjoyed now. Over time, their disagreements intensified, making both feel misunderstood and disconnected.

So, how can couples prevent financial differences from becoming a relationship-breaking issue? The key lies in open and honest communication. It’s essential for partners to discuss their financial values early in the relationship and continue revisiting the conversation as circumstances change. Establishing a shared budget that respects both partners’ perspectives can help create a balanced approach. Rather than avoiding discussions about money, couples should proactively manage their finances together, ensuring that both partners feel heard and respected.

2. The Battle Over Household Chores: Resentment in the Routine

Another issue that can quietly erode a relationship is an unequal division of household chores. While arguments about money may be expected, conflicts over domestic responsibilities can be just as damaging, often leading to underlying feelings of imbalance and lack of appreciation. It’s not just about whether the dishes are done or the laundry is folded—it’s about fairness, respect, and feeling valued in the relationship.

Research has shown that when one partner feels overburdened with household duties while the other does not contribute equally, resentment can quickly build. Over time, this imbalance can lead to ongoing frustration, which may manifest in frequent arguments or emotional withdrawal.

Take Carla and Jack, for example. Carla found herself handling the majority of household tasks, even though she worked full-time. Jack, who had a demanding job, believed that since he put in long hours at work, household chores should not be his responsibility. While he wasn’t intentionally dismissing Carla’s efforts, his lack of participation made Carla feel overwhelmed and unappreciated. What started as small frustrations soon turned into major conflicts, as Carla grew resentful of carrying the bulk of the domestic workload.

How can couples navigate this issue? The solution starts with open communication and clear expectations. Instead of assuming that one partner will naturally take on more responsibilities, couples should have honest conversations about how they will divide household tasks. Sharing the workload fairly, considering both partners’ time and effort, can make a significant difference in reducing tension. Expressing appreciation for each other’s contributions—whether big or small—can also go a long way in strengthening the relationship.

3. Conflicting Life Goals: When Dreams Don’t Align

As relationships evolve, couples may discover that their long-term goals and aspirations do not align. While small differences can often be worked through, major life decisions—such as career paths, family planning, or lifestyle choices—can lead to deep-seated conflicts if not addressed. If one partner envisions a future vastly different from the other’s, the relationship may feel like it’s heading in opposite directions.

Consider the case of Mike and Clara. Mike had always dreamed of advancing his career in a bustling city, while Clara longed for a peaceful life in the countryside, where she hoped to raise a family. At first, they avoided discussing their differences, assuming that love would be enough to bridge the gap. However, as time went on, their conflicting visions of the future became impossible to ignore. Each felt that compromising meant sacrificing their personal dreams, leading to increasing frustration and emotional distance.

So, how can couples navigate major differences in life goals? The key lies in deep, honest conversations about the future. Partners must be willing to openly discuss their long-term aspirations and listen to each other’s perspectives. Compromise does not always mean splitting things down the middle, but it does require a genuine effort to understand and respect each other’s dreams. In some cases, seeking guidance from a relationship counselor can help couples explore possible solutions that allow both partners to feel fulfilled in the relationship.

How to Handle Conflict Without Damaging Your Relationship

While these three issues—money, household chores, and conflicting life goals—are among the most common relationship deal-breakers, how couples handle these conflicts can determine whether their relationship thrives or struggles. Conflict is a natural part of any relationship, but it’s how disagreements are approached that makes all the difference.

Here are some key strategies for navigating relationship conflicts effectively:

Practice Active Listening: When disagreements arise, take the time to truly listen to your partner’s perspective rather than immediately reacting. Acknowledge their feelings and validate their concerns.
Communicate with Respect: Avoid accusatory language or placing blame. Instead, use “I” statements to express your feelings. For example, instead of saying, “You never help around the house,” try, “I feel overwhelmed when I have to handle all the chores alone.”
Find Common Ground: Look for solutions that work for both partners. Whether it’s creating a shared budget, dividing chores more equitably, or finding a compromise on long-term goals, relationships thrive on mutual effort and understanding.
Schedule Regular Check-Ins: Set aside time to discuss any ongoing concerns and assess how the relationship is progressing. This helps prevent small issues from escalating into major conflicts.
Seek Professional Guidance if Needed: If conflicts become overwhelming, couples therapy or counseling can provide a safe space to work through issues with the help of a neutral third party.

Final Thoughts: Building a Stronger Relationship Through Conflict Resolution

No relationship is without its challenges, and conflicts are inevitable. However, addressing issues with open communication, mutual respect, and a willingness to work through differences can strengthen the bond between partners. Instead of avoiding conflict, couples should view disagreements as opportunities for growth and deeper understanding.

By proactively managing financial discussions, ensuring a fair division of household responsibilities, and openly discussing future goals, couples can create a solid foundation for a long-lasting and fulfilling relationship. At the end of the day, love is not about never disagreeing—it’s about learning how to navigate those disagreements together.

Finland Tops World Happiness Report 2025, India Ranks 118th

March 20, 2025March 22, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

Finland has been named the happiest country in the world for the eighth consecutive year, according to the World Happiness Report 2025, released on March 19. The annual report, published by the Wellbeing Research Centre at the University of Oxford, found that Finland continues to lead in global happiness rankings, followed by Denmark, Iceland, and Sweden in the top four positions.

India has shown a slight improvement in its ranking, moving up from 126th place in 2024 to 118th this year. However, despite this progress, India remains ranked lower than several conflict-affected nations, including Ukraine, Mozambique, Iran, Iraq, Pakistan, Palestine, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Uganda, Gambia, and Venezuela.

The rankings in the report are based on individuals’ self-assessments of their happiness and life satisfaction. The study, conducted in collaboration with Gallup and the United Nations Sustainable Development Solutions Network, examines the factors influencing happiness beyond just economic growth.

Trust and Social Connections Key to Happiness

“Happiness isn’t just about wealth or growth — it’s about trust, connection, and knowing people have your back,” said Jon Clifton, CEO of Gallup. “If we want stronger communities and economies, we must invest in what truly matters: each other.”

Researchers found that happiness is significantly influenced by social trust, relationships, and community support. The study emphasized that factors such as sharing meals with family and friends, having a dependable support system, and household size contribute to overall well-being.

For instance, in Mexico and parts of Europe, a household size of four to five people correlates with the highest levels of happiness. Additionally, belief in the kindness of others was identified as a crucial factor.

One notable finding was that the perceived likelihood of retrieving a lost wallet is a strong predictor of a nation’s overall happiness. Nordic countries, including Finland and Denmark, ranked highest in both expected and actual rates of wallet returns, reinforcing the link between trust and well-being.

Globally, researchers discovered that people tend to underestimate the goodwill of others. In reality, the rate of lost wallet returns is nearly double what people expect.

Global Happiness Rankings: Top and Bottom Countries

European nations continue to dominate the top 20 in global happiness rankings. Despite its ongoing conflict with Hamas, Israel secured the 8th position. Costa Rica and Mexico entered the top 10 for the first time, ranking 6th and 10th, respectively.

However, some major economies have seen a decline in their happiness rankings. The United States fell to 24th place—its lowest ranking to date—after previously peaking at 11th place in 2012. The study highlighted a significant shift in American social habits, noting a 53% increase in people dining alone over the past two decades.

The United Kingdom, ranked 23rd, recorded its lowest average life evaluation since 2017.

At the bottom of the list, Afghanistan remains the unhappiest country in the world. Afghan women reported facing especially difficult living conditions, contributing to the country’s persistently low ranking. Sierra Leone in West Africa is the second unhappiest nation, followed by Lebanon in third place from the bottom.

Young Adults Facing Increased Loneliness

The report highlighted a growing crisis of loneliness among young adults worldwide. In 2023, 19% of young adults reported having no one they could rely on for social support—a 39% increase compared to 2006. This trend raises concerns about the long-term implications of social isolation and its impact on mental health and well-being.

Factors Influencing Happiness

The rankings in the World Happiness Report are determined by self-reported life evaluations collected between 2022 and 2024. Experts in economics, psychology, and sociology analyze the variations in happiness across countries using a combination of factors, including:

GDP per capita – Economic prosperity and financial security
Healthy life expectancy – Access to healthcare and overall physical well-being
Social support – Having people to rely on in times of need
Sense of freedom – The ability to make personal choices
Generosity – Willingness to help others and donate to charity
Perceptions of corruption – Public trust in government and institutions

The study underscores that while economic growth is important, other social and emotional factors play a critical role in determining a nation’s overall happiness.

As happiness remains a crucial indicator of overall well-being, the report encourages policymakers worldwide to focus on fostering social trust, community support, and a sense of security to improve happiness levels across nations.

Trump Organization Announces First Luxury Office Project in India

March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

The Trump Organization, the American conglomerate privately owned by President Donald Trump, has announced its first real estate project in India—a luxury office space in Pune.

Trump World Center to Rise in Pune’s Koregaon Park

The Trump World Center will mark the brand’s entry into India’s high-end commercial real estate market. The project, in collaboration with Mumbai-based Tribeca Developers, will be located in Pune’s Koregaon Park, a prime business district.

The development will feature two 27-story towers covering 1.6 million square feet. According to Tribeca, a portion of the project will be strata-sold, while the rest will be leased to a diverse range of tenants. The project is expected to generate approximately $300 million in revenue.

Tribeca’s Role in Trump-Branded Projects

Tribeca, the exclusive licensor of the Trump brand in India, has previously partnered with developers like Lodha and Panchshil to construct Trump-branded residential towers in Mumbai and Pune. Over time, the company has expanded its role beyond licensing to include direct development of Trump properties in India.

For the Pune project, Tribeca has partnered with Kundan Spaces, a real estate firm based in Pune.

India’s First Trump Club and High-Street Retail

In addition to luxury office spaces, the Trump World Center will feature India’s first Trump Club, designed as a high-end networking hub for business leaders. The project will also include a high-street retail component, further enhancing the commercial appeal of the development.

The announcement highlights Trump’s continued interest in the Indian real estate market, following successful residential projects in key metropolitan cities.

Indian Researcher at US University Arrested, Faces Deportation

March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

An Indian researcher at a U.S. university has been arrested by immigration officers and is now facing deportation, according to his lawyer.

Badar Khan Suri was detained on Monday, March 17, outside his home in a Washington suburb in Virginia by “masked” officers who informed him that his student visa had been revoked, Politico reported.

Suri, who earned a PhD from Jamia Millia Islamia University in New Delhi, was a postdoctoral fellow at Georgetown University, where he was teaching a course on “Majoritarianism and Minority Rights in South Asia.”

Links to Palestinian Heritage Under Scrutiny

Suri is married to Maphaz Ahmad Yousef, a U.S. citizen and daughter of Ahmed Yousef, who was described by Hindustan Times, as quoted by Politico, as “a senior political advisor to the Hamas leadership.”

His lawyer, Hassan Ahmad, stated that a habeas corpus petition has been filed in a federal court in Virginia. Ahmad alleged that Suri’s arrest was motivated by his wife’s Palestinian heritage and the suspicion that they both oppose U.S. support for Israel. The lawyer emphasized that Suri has no criminal record and it remains unclear if he had participated in any protests.

Crackdown on Pro-Palestinian Supporters

Suri is the second Indian academic to face deportation over alleged ties to pro-Palestinian activism. Earlier this month, Ranjani Srinivasan, a PhD student at Columbia University, fled to Canada after an immigration officer informed her that her student visa had been revoked.

The Department of Homeland Security accused her of being “involved in activities supporting Hamas, a terrorist organization.”

Unlike in Srinivasan’s case and those of two other individuals arrested for allegedly participating in campus protests, the Trump administration has not issued a statement on Suri’s arrest.

Defending the crackdown on visa holders, Secretary of State Marco Rubio wrote on X, “Coming to the United States on a visa is a privilege, not a right. The Trump Administration is determined to deny or revoke your visa if you’re here to support terrorists.”

University Affiliation and Research

Georgetown University, a Catholic institution, stated that Suri was affiliated with the Alwaleed Bin Talal Center for Muslim-Christian Understanding at the School of Foreign Service. His research focused on factors that hinder cooperation in religiously diverse societies and strategies to overcome those barriers. He had also traveled extensively in conflict zones, including India, Pakistan, and Iran’s Balochistan region.

Suri’s case is part of a broader crackdown on academics and students linked to pro-Palestinian activities on U.S. campuses.

Other Cases of Deportation and Detention

Several other foreign nationals have recently faced detention or deportation proceedings in connection with alleged pro-Palestinian activism:

Mahmoud Khalil, a recent graduate of Columbia University, was arrested and is currently held in a Louisiana detention center awaiting deportation, despite holding a green card. A judge has temporarily blocked his deportation pending appeal.
Leqaa Kordia, a Palestinian Columbia student, was arrested after being accused of overstaying her student visa.
Rasha Alawieh, a professor at Brown University, was denied re-entry into the U.S. after traveling to Lebanon and allegedly attending the funeral of Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah.

As legal battles over these cases continue, advocates warn of increasing scrutiny on foreign nationals involved in pro-Palestinian activism.

Elon Musk Condemns “Extreme Domestic Terrorism” Amid Reports of Tesla Owners’ Data Leak

March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Tesla Inc. (NASDAQ: TSLA) CEO Elon Musk strongly criticized what he described as “extreme domestic terrorism” on Tuesday, responding to reports that a website had published personal details of Tesla owners across the United States.

What Happened?

Musk took to X (formerly Twitter) to denounce the situation after reports surfaced that a site called “Dogequest” had exposed Tesla owners’ names, addresses, and phone numbers. The website also featured an interactive map with a Molotov cocktail cursor.

“Encouraging destruction of Teslas throughout the country is extreme domestic terrorism!!” Musk wrote, expressing outrage over the potential targeting of Tesla customers.

Reports indicate that the site demands Tesla owners provide proof of selling their vehicles to have their personal details removed. The motive appears linked to Musk’s involvement in President Donald Trump’s administration.

Escalating Anti-Tesla Sentiment

This data leak is the latest development in a broader wave of hostility against Tesla. Incidents of vandalism and attacks on Tesla-related infrastructure have been increasing across the country.

Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene (R-Ga.) recently called for a federal investigation into what she termed “organized attacks” against Tesla. In her letter to Attorney General Pam Bondi and FBI Director Kash Patel, Greene cited several alarming events, including:

Tesla charging stations in the Boston area being severely damaged.
A Portland dealership being targeted by gunfire.
Cybertrucks set on fire in Seattle in apparent acts of arson.

Greene also raised concerns about possible links between these attacks and organizations affiliated with the Democratic Party. She pointed to groups that “receive a significant amount of funding from ActBlue,” suggesting potential political motivations behind the attacks.

Why It Matters

Anti-Tesla demonstrations have become increasingly visible, further exacerbating tensions. Notable investor Ross Gerber recently shared footage of protests outside a Tesla store in Santa Monica.

Despite being a long-time Tesla investor, Gerber has become more critical of the company, particularly its stock valuation. He noted that Tesla shares remain overpriced “even after plunging nearly 50% since mid-December.”

Beyond public demonstrations, individual Tesla owners have also reported incidents of vandalism. One notable case involved a defaced Cybertruck in New York City. The vehicle’s owner, Avi Ben Hamo, shared his frustration with The New York Post, saying, “I feel myself burning inside.”

Tesla’s Brand Challenges and Musk’s Political Ties

The controversy surrounding Tesla coincides with Musk’s dual role as both the CEO of the automaker and the leader of the Department of Government Efficiency in the Trump administration.

Tesla has faced increasing business challenges in recent months. The company reported its first annual sales decline in 2024, raising concerns among analysts. On Wednesday, JPMorgan Chase analysts warned that Tesla has “lost too much brand value too quickly.”

Despite these struggles, Trump has continued to express strong support for Musk. During a recent White House event, the former president purchased a Tesla Model S Plaid, calling Musk a “patriot” who was being “unfairly maligned” for his role in government efficiency efforts.

The Growing Threat Against Tesla and Its Customers

The emergence of sites like Dogequest and the rise in anti-Tesla incidents point to an increasingly hostile environment for the company and its customers.

The website’s demand that Tesla owners sell their vehicles to remove their personal information has alarmed many. Critics argue that such tactics amount to intimidation, effectively pressuring owners to abandon their Tesla vehicles out of fear.

The fact that the website includes an interactive map with a Molotov cocktail cursor adds to concerns that Tesla customers could become targets of violence or harassment.

Political Implications and the Call for Federal Action

Rep. Greene’s call for a federal investigation underscores the seriousness of the situation. In her letter to Attorney General Bondi and FBI Director Patel, she urged authorities to determine whether coordinated efforts are driving attacks on Tesla.

She pointed to possible funding connections between groups engaged in anti-Tesla activities and ActBlue, a platform widely used for Democratic fundraising. While no direct evidence has been presented linking political organizations to the attacks, the claim has fueled partisan debates over Tesla’s challenges.

Musk’s Role and the Response from Tesla’s Leadership

Musk has remained vocal in his criticism of what he sees as politically motivated hostility against Tesla. His position within the Trump administration has made him a polarizing figure, drawing both praise and condemnation.

Tesla executives have not released an official statement regarding the Dogequest website, but sources within the company suggest that legal action is being considered to address the privacy violations.

Tesla security teams are reportedly monitoring threats against customers and facilities closely. The company has also encouraged Tesla owners to report any suspicious activity to law enforcement.

Broader Market Implications for Tesla

Beyond the immediate security concerns, Tesla’s stock performance has also been impacted by recent controversies. The 50% decline in Tesla shares since mid-December has raised questions about investor confidence in the company’s future.

JPMorgan Chase analysts warn that Tesla is facing a critical moment. The combination of brand damage, declining sales, and political controversies could have long-term effects on the company’s market position.

Tesla has historically been seen as a leader in the electric vehicle (EV) industry. However, competition from other automakers, shifting consumer sentiment, and Musk’s political associations have complicated its standing.

Protests and Vandalism—A New Reality for Tesla?

The rise in Tesla-related vandalism and attacks suggests that hostility toward the company is not an isolated trend. The protests in Santa Monica, arson cases in Seattle, and vandalism incidents in New York all point to a broader shift in public sentiment.

Ross Gerber’s comments about Tesla’s valuation reflect growing skepticism among investors. Despite the company’s past dominance in the EV market, its brand perception is under strain.

The question remains whether Tesla can effectively address these challenges and regain public trust.

What’s Next?

As Musk continues to speak out against what he sees as politically motivated attacks on Tesla, the company faces mounting pressure on multiple fronts.

Legal Action Against Dogequest – Tesla may pursue legal avenues to have the website taken down and hold those responsible accountable for doxxing Tesla owners.
Increased Security Measures – Given the rise in targeted vandalism and arson, Tesla may need to enhance security at its facilities and provide guidance to customers on protecting their vehicles.
Political Tensions – Musk’s involvement in the Trump administration could continue to fuel partisan debates surrounding Tesla. Whether this benefits or harms the company in the long run remains to be seen.

Conclusion

Elon Musk’s condemnation of the Dogequest website underscores the growing hostility Tesla and its customers are facing. Reports of doxxing, vandalism, and protests indicate a broader shift in public sentiment, with political divisions further complicating the company’s challenges.

With Tesla’s stock under pressure and brand reputation at risk, the company must navigate these turbulent times carefully. Whether through legal action, security enhancements, or public messaging, how Tesla responds to these threats could determine its trajectory in the coming months.

For now, the situation remains tense, with Tesla owners, investors, and executives closely watching the developments unfold.

USCIS Backlogs and Processing Delays Continue to Rise, Affecting Immigrants Seeking Green Cards and Citizenship

March 20, 2025March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The latest data from U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) highlights a growing challenge for immigrants pursuing family-based petitions, green cards, and naturalization. Processing delays and backlogs are worsening, creating serious obstacles for applicants and separating families for extended periods.

Longer Wait Times for Family Petitions

The I-130 Petition for Alien Relative, a crucial step in family reunification, has seen its average processing time increase to 17.4 months as of January 2025, compared to 16.8 months in December 2024. This petition is essential for U.S. citizens and lawful permanent residents who wish to bring family members to the country.

In January, 94,739 new I-130 petitions were filed, while USCIS processed 49,395 approvals and denied 8,332 applications. However, this was not enough to keep pace with the growing backlog. The number of pending I-130 applications reached 2,355,271, marking a 1.8% rise from December’s 2,313,876. Among these, 1,872,469 cases had been delayed for over six months.

Immigration advocates warn that these delays are having a devastating impact on families. Many applicants, including spouses, children, and parents, remain separated for years, with no certainty about when they will be reunited. The prolonged wait times are adding to the emotional and financial strain on affected families.

Green Card Applications Face Increasing Delays

Applicants seeking adjustment of status through the I-485 form also experienced mounting challenges. The number of pending cases under this category increased from 1,102,338 in December to 1,124,021 in January, reflecting a 2% rise.

Processing times varied depending on the type of green card application. Across different subcategories, such as family-based, employment-based, and asylum-based adjustments, the average processing time climbed to 12.2 months, up from 11.8 months. However, Cuban Adjustment Act applications saw some improvement, with processing times dropping to 8.3 months.

Efforts to accelerate case processing led to a 14.3% rise in approvals, reaching 65,107 in January. Despite this, the backlog continued to grow as 92,424 new applications were submitted during the month.

One notable development was a slight decline in long-pending cases—those delayed for over six months—which dropped to 681,771. While this offers a glimmer of hope, overall backlogs remain a significant problem for green card applicants.

Naturalization Processing Slows Amid High Demand

For immigrants applying for U.S. citizenship through the N-400 naturalization form, the situation presented a mixed picture. The average processing time remains the fastest among major immigration forms at 6.4 months, but this marks an increase from 6.1 months in December.

At the same time, the backlog of naturalization cases grew from 535,601 in December to 540,820 in January. This was driven by a surge in applications, which rose by 16.4% to 87,174. Approvals also increased, reaching 74,957, but they were insufficient to counterbalance the influx of new cases.

Long-pending naturalization applications—those delayed for over six months—jumped by 6.8%, reaching 127,193. These figures suggest that while the naturalization process remainsrelatively efficient, it is also under increasing pressure as more immigrants seek U.S. citizenship.

The Expanding USCIS Backlog

USCIS continues to struggle with rising caseloads across multiple immigration categories. The overall backlog for major immigration forms grew from 5.56 million in December 2024 to 5.67 million in January 2025.

A significant portion of this backlog comes from employment authorization applications (I-765), which alone account for over 1.2 million pending cases. The continued increase in processing times has left many applicants in limbo, affecting their ability to work and support themselves while waiting for USCIS decisions.

Advocates Call for Policy Changes

As the backlog grows, immigration advocates are calling for systemic changes to improve efficiency and reduce wait times. Many argue that USCIS needs additional resources, staffing, and policy adjustments to handle the increasing volume of applications effectively.

Advocates stress that prolonged processing times are not just bureaucratic hurdles but have real-life consequences for immigrants. Delays in family petitions mean extended separations for loved ones, while green card and work permit backlogs can disrupt careers and financial stability.

Impact on Families and Communities

For families waiting on I-130 approvals, the emotional toll of separation continues to mount. Many applicants face years of uncertainty, unable to plan their futures due to unpredictable wait times. Parents are forced to live apart from their children, and spouses remain separated by borders without a clear timeline for reunification.

For green card applicants, processing delays mean prolonged uncertainty regarding their legal status. Those seeking permanent residency through employment-based applications often experience career disruptions, as delays in work authorization prevent them from advancing in their fields.

Similarly, immigrants seeking naturalization must navigate longer processing times, delaying their ability to vote, obtain U.S. passports, and access other benefits of citizenship.

Challenges in Addressing the Backlog

USCIS has acknowledged the backlog issue and has implemented various measures to improve processing speeds. However, the sheer volume of applications, combined with staffing limitations and complex adjudication requirements, makes it difficult to achieve significant reductions in wait times.

Efforts such as streamlining forms, increasing electronic processing, and expanding USCIS staffing have had limited success in reversing the backlog trend. The demand for immigration benefits continues to outpace the agency’s capacity to process cases efficiently.

Calls for Congressional Action

Some immigration experts believe that congressional action is necessary to address the backlog crisis. Potential solutions include increased funding for USCIS, policy changes to expedite certain categories of applications, and broader immigration reform to modernize the system.

Several lawmakers have proposed measures to improve USCIS processing times, such as hiring additional adjudicators and expanding digital services to reduce paperwork bottlenecks. However, immigration reform remains a politically sensitive issue, and progress has been slow.

Looking Ahead

As USCIS continues to grapple with rising caseloads, applicants seeking family reunification, green cards, and citizenship face prolonged uncertainty. While some measures have improved processing speeds for specific categories, overall delays remain a major challenge.

For many immigrants, the growing backlog represents more than just administrative inefficiencies—it impacts their families, careers, and future aspirations. Advocates continue to push for policy changes to reduce wait times and create a more efficient immigration system.

Until significant reforms are enacted, millions of applicants will remain stuck in a system struggling to keep up with demand, facing unpredictable delays that shape their lives and futures.

Sridhar Vembu Highlights Shift of Indian American Talent to Finance Over Engineering

March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterTechnology 0

Zoho founder Sridhar Vembu recently raised concerns on X about an increasing trend among intelligent and well-educated Indian Americans, particularly those with parents in engineering or technology, shifting their career focus toward finance. This pattern reflects what has already transpired in the U.S. over the past few decades, where some of the brightest minds have gravitated toward Wall Street.

Vembu, an IIT Madras graduate who moved to the U.S. and later returned to India, shared a personal anecdote from 1994. After earning his PhD from Princeton, he was advised by a former Silicon Valley engineer—who had transitioned to finance—to join a quantitative trading team. However, he chose an engineering role at Qualcomm, even though it paid less, staying true to his personal values and his father’s early guidance.

In 1996, he founded a software development company named AdventNet, which was later rebranded as Zoho Corporation in 2009. Earlier this year, Vembu stepped down as CEO and assumed the role of chief scientist at Zoho.

Concerns Over an Increasing Shift to Finance

Vembu sees this growing preference for finance over engineering as a troubling trend. He argues that instead of addressing critical challenges in fields such as engineering, infrastructure, and healthcare, many talented individuals are now pursuing financial careers that focus on “making money from money.”

While finance plays a vital role in the economy, an excessive emphasis on it can lead to long-term societal decline. Vembu warns that economies driven primarily by financial markets tend to weaken over time, a lesson that history has repeatedly reinforced.

Public Reaction to Vembu’s Views

His statement struck a chord with many social media users, sparking widespread discussions. Many people echoed his concerns, noting that engineering and other technical fields often lack the lucrative incentives that finance offers, making them less appealing career choices despite their crucial contributions to society.

One user stressed the need for improved compensation structures and a more supportive ecosystem to encourage individuals to tackle complex engineering problems. The user wrote, “Completely agree with the sentiment. Unfortunately, solving hard engineering problems doesn’tpay high money. Something we’ll have to look at the incentives and compensation structures and the ecosystem. Ppl shouldn’t find it an aversion as they have to go through hoops to get the resources to work in hard engg problems. Some abundance mindset needed by capital allocators.”

Concerns About a Declining Engineering Focus

Several users cautioned that when a nation’s brightest minds favor finance over engineering, it signals an impending decline. They pointed out that many developed countries have seen a similar pattern, where talented individuals move away from innovation-driven industries toward financial speculation.

Some suggested that governments, especially in developing nations, should intervene to prevent this shift. They argued that economies still in their growth phase require robust engineering and technological advancements to secure long-term stability, rather than an overreliance on financial speculation.

A user remarked that the trend could have negative consequences for developing nations, as they need strong engineering talent to build infrastructure and drive technological progress. Without such focus, these countries risk stagnation.

The Impact of Financial Market Volatility

Another aspect of the discussion touched upon the unpredictability of financial markets. One user reflected on their personal experience, stating that recent downturns in Indian markets reignited their desire to build something tangible—such as a manufacturing business—instead of relying solely on stock market fluctuations.

This perspective highlights the growing concern that careers in finance may not always offer long-term stability. Some users expressed frustration over the disproportionate financial rewards in speculative markets compared to careers in innovation-driven industries.

The Historical Pattern of Talent Moving Toward Finance

The pattern Vembu described is not new. In the U.S., a similar shift occurred over the past few decades, where many top graduates from elite universities gravitated toward Wall Street, lured by high salaries and financial incentives.

This phenomenon led to a decline in the number of highly skilled professionals pursuing careers in scientific research, engineering, and manufacturing. Critics argue that this shift contributed to reduced innovation in sectors that are critical for long-term economic growth.

Now, a comparable trend appears to be taking hold among Indian Americans, raising concerns that the brightest minds may increasingly focus on finance rather than technology and engineering.

Financial Incentives and Career Choices

Many netizens believe that financial rewards play a decisive role in career decisions. Finance offers significantly higher salaries and quicker financial gains compared to engineering, making it an attractive choice for young professionals.

A user emphasized the financial disparity between the two fields, pointing out that despite the intellectual rigor of engineering, it does not offer the same monetary incentives as finance. This imbalance discourages talented individuals from pursuing careers that require solving complex real-world problems.

Another user suggested that for the trend to reverse, capital allocators and policymakers must create a more attractive environment for engineering and technological careers. They argued that an “abundance mindset” is necessary to ensure that engineers have the resources they need to innovate and contribute meaningfully to society.

Government Intervention and Policy Changes

Some users proposed that governments should take proactive measures to address the issue. One suggestion was to implement policies that provide better financial incentives for engineers, such as higher salaries, research grants, and tax benefits for innovation-driven industries.

Another proposal involved creating stricter regulations on speculative financial activities while simultaneously promoting careers in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM). By shifting incentives, policymakers could help ensure that more individuals choose careers that contribute to long-term economic and technological development.

Balancing Finance and Engineering

While Vembu acknowledges the importance of finance, he warns that an economy overly dependent on it is unsustainable. Many users agreed, arguing that finance should function as a tool to support technological and industrial growth, rather than being the primary driver of an economy.

One user noted that financial markets should be a means to fund innovation rather than an end in themselves. They pointed out that when speculation overtakes productive industries, economies become fragile and prone to crises.

The Role of Cultural and Educational Influences

Another aspect of the discussion touched on how cultural and educational influences shape career choices. Many Indian American students grow up in households where financial stability is highly valued. Given the high earnings potential in finance, parents may encourage their children to pursue careers in the field.

A user commented that many young professionals view finance as a “safe” and lucrative career choice compared to engineering, which requires years of technical expertise with often lower financial rewards. They argued that shifting this perception requires systemic changes in both education and industry.

Vembu’s Call for a Shift in Mindset

Vembu’s perspective ultimately calls for a broader reassessment of career priorities. He urges talented individuals to focus on solving real-world problems through engineering, technology, and infrastructure development rather than being drawn solely by financial incentives.

His views align with a growing sentiment that economies must balance financial activities with innovation-driven industries to ensure sustainable growth. Without a strong foundation in engineering and technological advancements, nations risk long-term stagnation.

Conclusion

Sridhar Vembu’s concerns about the increasing shift of Indian American talent toward finance instead of engineering have sparked a significant debate. While finance is essential to the economy, an overemphasis on it at the expense of technological and engineering innovation poses long-term risks.

Netizens largely supported Vembu’s perspective, pointing out the need for better financial incentives and structural changes to encourage careers in engineering and scientific research. Some advocated for government intervention to prevent excessive brain drain into finance, while others stressed the importance of shifting societal and educational mindsets.

As financial markets remain volatile and engineering-driven industries continue to shape the future, the debate over career priorities is unlikely to subside anytime soon. Vembu’s call for a renewed focus on engineering and problem-solving serves as a crucial reminder of the role innovation plays in long-term economic prosperity.

Indian Green Card Holders Face Increased Scrutiny Amid Stricter US Immigration Policies

March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The US Department of State recently reaffirmed its commitment to stringent immigration enforcement through an official post on its ‘X’ account, emphasizing that visa screening remains an ongoing process even after issuance. The department stressed that visa holders are continuously monitored to ensure adherence to US laws and immigration regulations. Those found in violation risk having their visas revoked and facing deportation.

This heightened scrutiny has disproportionately impacted Indian Green Card holders, particularly elderly individuals who frequently spend extended periods in India during the winter months. Reports suggest that US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers have been targeting such individuals at airports, pressuring them to sign Form I-407, a document that voluntarily relinquishes their permanent residency. Allegedly, those who refuse to comply have faced threats of detention or deportation.

Enforcement Under the Trump Administration

The crackdown follows a series of executive orders on immigration issued by President Donald Trump after returning to the White House. Vice President JD Vance has reinforced this strict approach, asserting in a Fox News interview that holding a Green Card does not grant an individual indefinite residency in the US. He stated that even if he personally had a favorable opinion of a Green Card holder, it would not change the fact that permanent residency is not an absolute guarantee.

A Green Card, also known as a Permanent Resident Card, grants an individual the right to live and work in the US. However, the latest enforcement actions suggest that stricter conditions are being imposed on those failing to meet residency requirements. These changes have left many Indian Green Card holders uncertain about their future status in the country.

Increased Monitoring of Green Card Holders

The State Department has reiterated its tough stance on immigration compliance, warning that even those who already possess visas or Green Cards remain under continuous scrutiny. Officials have underscored that any violation of US laws or immigration policies could result in the revocation of residency and deportation.

This shift in enforcement has triggered widespread concern among Indian permanent residents, especially elderly individuals who frequently travel between India and the US. Reports indicate that CBP officers have intensified efforts to pressure returning Green Card holders to relinquish their status. Many travelers who resisted signing Form I-407 have allegedly faced coercive tactics, including threats of detention or forced removal, creating a climate of fear among Indian immigrants.

A Broader Immigration Crackdown

The intensified enforcement is part of a broader effort by the Trump administration to tighten immigration controls. Within weeks of reassuming office, President Trump signed multiple executive orders aimed at restricting immigration, extending policies from his first term. Vice President Vance has reiterated that permanent residents should not assume an indefinite right to remain in the US. His remarks have added to growing concerns that even lawful immigrants must now tread cautiously to maintain their status.

This escalation coincides with a broader trend of rising anti-immigration sentiment in Washington, where hardline conservatives are pushing for stricter policies. Proponents argue that tougher immigration laws are necessary for economic and national security reasons, while critics warn that such measures disproportionately target legal immigrants, including Indian professionals and their families.

Targeting Elderly Indian Green Card Holders

Although the new policies apply to all Green Card holders, elderly Indian immigrants appear to be disproportionately affected. Many in this demographic divide their time between the US and India, often spending winter months in their home country before returning. However, immigration officials have started interpreting extended stays abroad as a sign that these individuals no longer intend to reside permanently in the US.

Previously, Green Card holders who remained outside the country for more than six months risked additional scrutiny upon their return. Now, reports suggest that even those traveling for shorter periods have encountered difficulties. Several elderly Indian immigrants have claimed that CBP officers aggressively encouraged them to sign Form I-407, warning that failure to comply could result in immediate detention or deportation.

For many, this practice has created an unsettling dilemma—choosing between visiting their homeland and preserving their US residency. Individuals who have lived in the country for decades and contributed to society now face an unexpected challenge: maintaining ties to their birth country could lead to the loss of their Green Card.

Concerns Over Legal Overreach

Immigration attorneys have raised alarms over what they perceive as an overreach by CBP officers. While the law allows Green Card holders to spend limited time outside the US, recent enforcement trends suggest an unofficial policy shift aimed at compelling individuals to surrender their residency.

Legal experts emphasize that officers cannot force anyone to sign Form I-407. However, many elderly immigrants, unfamiliar with US immigration law and possibly limited in English proficiency, feel powerless in the face of official threats. Several advocacy organizations have urged Green Card holders to assert their rights, advising those pressured at the border to refuse to sign the form and request legal representation instead.

Despite these recommendations, many travelers remain vulnerable. Faced with aggressive questioning and threats, elderly immigrants are often left with little recourse, leading to an increase in reported cases of involuntary Green Card relinquishment.

A Chilling Effect on Indian Immigration

The intensified scrutiny has had a profound impact on the Indian American community, sending shockwaves through the diaspora. Many Green Card holders who previously planned to apply for US citizenship are now expediting the process, fearing that permanent residency no longer provides the security they once assumed. Others are reconsidering their long-term future in the US, questioning whether they will ever be fully accepted in the country.

India has historically been one of the largest sources of legal immigrants to the US, with many arriving on employment-based visas before transitioning to permanent residency. However, the uncertainty surrounding Green Card holders has cast a shadow over this pipeline. Prospective immigrants now face the reality that even achieving permanent residency does not guarantee stability in an increasingly restrictive immigration climate.

Political and Economic Consequences

The enforcement measures targeting Indian Green Card holders could have significant political and economic implications. The Indian American community, a key voting bloc, has historically played a crucial role in elections, particularly in swing states such as Georgia and Pennsylvania. If the perception grows that the Republican administration is actively targeting Indian immigrants, it could influence voter behavior in upcoming elections.

From an economic standpoint, Indian professionals have long been essential to the US technology and healthcare sectors. Many American companies depend on skilled workers from India, and increased immigration restrictions could deter talent from pursuing opportunities in the US. This, in turn, could impact innovation, economic growth, and the ability of industries already experiencing labor shortages to attract skilled professionals.

Uncertain Future for Green Card Holders

As US immigration enforcement tightens, the fate of many Indian Green Card holders remains uncertain. While some will choose to fight for their residency rights, others may opt to leave rather than endure the stress and uncertainty of navigating an increasingly restrictive system.

For now, the message from the US government is clear: Green Card holders must remain vigilant, fully informed of their legal rights, and prepared for heightened scrutiny. As immigration policies continue to evolve under the Trump administration, many fear this is only the beginning of a more challenging era for permanent residents.

With the future of US immigration policies hanging in the balance, Indian Green Card holders find themselves at a crossroads—facing the difficult choice of continuing their lives in the US under heightened surveillance or seeking stability elsewhere.

Election Commission Under Scrutiny: Duplicate Voter IDs, Transparency Issues, and Allegations of Bias

March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

Last week, the Election Commission (EC) issued an intriguing press release, inviting party presidents and senior leaders—whom it referred to as “key stakeholders”—for discussions on strengthening “electoral processes.”

This statement, released on March 11, followed two earlier press releases from the EC.

The first, issued on Sunday morning, March 2, was a hurried attempt to clarify that duplicate Electoral Photo Identity Card (EPIC) numbers did not indicate “fake voters.” The EC insisted these duplicates were merely due to differences in “alphanumeric series.”

However, the second press release on March 7 contradicted this stance, admitting that the issue of duplicate EPIC numbers had persisted for decades. It further promised a resolution within 90 days.

The EC’s flurry of statements—first dismissing concerns, then pledging a fix, and finally reaching out to political parties—reveals a state of panic.

Shocking Revelations Spark Political Uproar

The trigger for the EC’s anxious response was a bombshell revelation by West Bengal Chief Minister Mamata Banerjee on February 27. She exposed serious irregularities in India’s electoral rolls, revealing that duplicate EPIC numbers were widespread.

Banerjee presented detailed lists of Bengal voters whose EPIC numbers were assigned to multiple individuals. Alarmingly, some voters’ names from BJP-ruled states had been added to Bengal’s electoral lists.

For instance, a voter from Murshidabad, Mohammad Sainul Islam, shared his EPIC number with “Sunita” from Hisar, Haryana. Another case involved an EPIC number linked to three people—two named Suman, one from Bengal and another from Haryana, and a third person, Nurjamal, from Murshidabad.

This revelation triggered widespread alarm across opposition parties. The Congress called it “startling” and “bizarre,” while the Shiv Sena (UBT) voiced concerns in its newspaper, Saamana. The Rashtriya Janata Dal (RJD) and Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) raised the issue in Parliament.

Further scrutiny of the EC’s own handbook showed that duplicate EPIC numbers could result in voters being denied their rights, as EPIC numbers are linked to photographs.

Electoral Integrity Under Threat

Duplicate EPIC cards are an unacceptable flaw in a democracy as vast and complex as India’s. If passport numbers, Aadhaar cards, and vehicle registration plates can be unique, why should different voters have the same EPIC number?

Facing mounting criticism, the EC has now initiated discussions with political parties. This is a notable shift for an institution known for its opacity, particularly regarding how it calculates voter turnout.

Yet, major concerns remain. The EC has not disclosed the total number of duplicate EPIC cards. If the commission is unaware of the exact number, how does it plan to eliminate them within 90 days?

Moreover, the EC claims duplicate EPIC cards have existed since 2000. If that is the case, how many elections—both assembly and general—have been affected over the past two decades?

Troubling Trends Across India

West Bengal is not the only state where electoral irregularities have surfaced. After the 2024 Maharashtra assembly elections, the Congress flagged a puzzling discrepancy: the EC registered 4 million new voters in just five months between the Lok Sabha and Vidhan Sabha elections (May–October 2024). However, over the five-year period from 2019 to 2024, only 3.2 million voters were added. The Congress called this a “logistical and statistical absurdity.”

In Andhra Pradesh, the YuvajanaSramikaRythu Congress Party (YSRCP) challenged the relaxation of postal ballot norms, arguing that the surge in postal voters warranted investigation. Although the Supreme Court dismissed the plea, concerns persist.

Similarly, in Odisha, the Biju Janata Dal (BJD) raised concerns over a significant difference between provisional and final voting percentages.

There have also been allegations of voter suppression. During the 2024 general elections, reports emerged from Sambhal, Uttar Pradesh, accusing local police of confiscating voter cards and preventing certain communities from voting.

Another major issue is the unexplained rise in voter turnout after 5 p.m. on polling days, especially in regions unfavorable to the BJP.

In Delhi, during the 2025 assembly elections, the AAP alleged a dramatic increase in voter deletion and addition applications. According to EC data, Delhi’s electorate grew by 400,000 between the 2020 assembly polls and the 2024 general elections. However, in just seven months (May 2024–February 2025), another 400,000 voters were added. This raised suspicions about potential manipulation.

Transparency activists have also pointed out that, during the 2024 polls, the EC initially provided turnout figures only as percentages, withholding absolute numbers. When detailed data was eventually released, it showed a sharp increase in turnout compared to initial reports.

With mounting complaints from political parties and citizen groups, it is evident that serious flaws in the electoral process can no longer be ignored.

A Double Standard in Electoral Oversight?

Concerns have also been raised about the EC’s alleged bias in handling election violations. Critics argue that the commission applies different standards to the BJP and opposition parties.

During the 2025 Delhi election, the EC failed to take action against the BJP for using Budget pronouncements in full-page newspaper ads as campaign promises.

Similarly, in the 2024 Lok Sabha elections, the EC did not act against Prime Minister Narendra Modi for his controversial communal speech in Banswara, Rajasthan, where he warned of “mangalsutras being snatched away.” It was only after sustained public pressure that the EC issued a mild message to the BJP’s party president regarding “star campaigners.”

This selective enforcement contrasts with the EC’s swift action against opposition leaders. Rahul Gandhi received a notice for calling Modi panauti (bad luck)—a remark far less inflammatory than Modi’s past statements, such as the “shamshaan-kabristan” comment in 2017 or his 2019 remark about identifying “people creating violence by their clothes.”

Concerns Over Election Commission Autonomy

Under the Modi government, critics argue that the EC’s independence has been systematically weakened. A major turning point came in 2023 when the BJP-led government altered the selection process for Election Commissioners. Previously, the Chief Justice of India (CJI) was part of the selection panel. However, a new law removed the CJI’s role, giving the ruling party greater influence.

Citizens must ask: Why was the Chief Justice removed from the selection process?

Past instances suggest pressure on Election Commissioners. In 2020, Ashok Lavasa resigned after dissenting on Model Code violations in 2019. Soon after, he was appointed to an overseas role with the Asian Development Bank.

Ahead of the 2024 elections, Election Commissioner Arun Goel abruptly resigned. His replacement, Gyanesh Kumar, was a former secretary in Amit Shah’s ministries, raising concerns about partisanship.

The Battle to Safeguard Indian Democracy

With widespread allegations of bias and opacity, the EC has failed to instill confidence in opposition parties or the general public.

Article 324 of the Constitution entrusts the EC with ensuring free and fair elections. If electoral rolls contain fraudulent voters or are manipulated in any way, the legitimacy of election results is compromised.

As BR Ambedkar emphasized, credible voter lists are the foundation of democracy. If India’s electoral process is perceived as rigged, it risks losing public trust—similar to what has happened in Bangladesh.

The EC must embrace greater transparency and scrutiny. It cannot afford to ignore mounting concerns about duplicate EPIC numbers, manipulated voter lists, and disproportionate turnout spikes.

The Election Commission is democracy’s last line of defense. If it fails to uphold electoral integrity, India’s democratic framework could deteriorate into an unaccountable autocracy, leaving citizens with no escape.

Christians in India Face Record Levels of Violence and Discrimination in 2024: EFI Report

March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

Christians in India endured severe persecution in 2024, with 640 documented cases of violence and discrimination, marking a continued rise from previous years, according to the Evangelical Fellowship of India’s Religious Liberty Commission (EFIRLC).

The figure represents an increase from 601 cases in 2023 and a nearly fourfold surge from 147 cases in 2014. This decade-long trend underscores mounting hostility toward Christians, who comprise 2.3% of India’s population.

“The systematic and organized persecution of Christians has risen to crisis levels in several states,” said Rev. Vijayesh Lal, EFI general secretary. “On average, four to five churches or pastors are attacked every day, with attacks nearly doubling on Sundays when believers gather for worship.”

The EFIRLC report, Faith at Risk: Examining Violence and Discrimination Against Christians in India (2024), identified Uttar Pradesh as the most affected state with 188 incidents, followed by Chhattisgarh (150), Rajasthan (40), Punjab (38), and Haryana (34).

“We are not asking for special treatment but for the religious freedom guarantees under the constitution to be enforced fairly,” said Lal. “All Indians must be able to practice their faith without violence and intimidation. We urge all state governments to uphold the rule of law and bring perpetrators to justice, regardless of their religious or political affiliation.”

Patterns of Persecution

In 2024, four Christians were murdered, while the EFIRLC recorded 255 incidents of threats and harassment, 129 arrests, 76 cases of physical violence, 60 gender-based attacks, 46 worship disruptions, and 41 incidents of vandalism.

January saw the highest number of incidents (71), followed by September (68), March (64), and October (62). Despite general elections in April and May, which might have prompted restraint, persecution continued with 45 cases in each of those months.

Violent Attacks and Forced Displacement

On Feb. 12, in Sukma District, Chhattisgarh, villagers threatened AaytuPodiyami’s family, demanding they renounce Christianity. When they refused, a village council issued an ultimatum. Soon after, they were brutally beaten, leaving Aaytu’s father seriously injured. The family fled, forced into a life of manual labor elsewhere.

On May 4 in Bastar, Chhattisgarh, 22-year-old Kosa Kawasi was killed in front of his wife for refusing to renounce his faith. He had earlier reported death threats to the police, but no action was taken. A mob of about 20 villagers attacked him with wooden sticks, knives, and an axe. His wife, who was also assaulted, managed to escape.

The same day, five other Christian families fled their homes fearing for their lives.

Regional Hotspots of Persecution

Uttar Pradesh: Arbitrary Arrests and Worship Disruptions

Uttar Pradesh recorded the highest number of anti-Christian incidents, with pastors and believers frequently arrested over allegations of forced conversions. Many detentions occurred after prayer meetings and family gatherings, despite a lack of credible evidence.

On March 24 in Jamui village, Maharajganj District, extremists disrupted a Palm Sunday gathering where Pastor Shailesh Kumar was present. The mob issued threats before attacking worshippers. Pastor Kumar suffered severe head injuries and required hospitalization.

On Oct. 3 in Gaddopur village, Gonda District, four attackers stormed a prayer gathering and violently assaulted Man Singh and six other Christians. They were dragged 200 meters away and beaten. Their belongings, including a Bible and phones, were confiscated. When police arrived, they sided with the attackers, detaining the victims until midnight and warning them against holding future prayer meetings.

Chhattisgarh: Social Boycotts and Land Disputes

In Chhattisgarh, extremist groups frequently targeted tribal Christians through violence, social boycotts, and denial of resources, including burial rights, to pressure them into renouncing their faith.

In June, 32-year-old Bindu Sodi was murdered in Dantewada District over a land dispute exacerbated by religious discrimination. After she and her family converted to Christianity, relatives denied them access to ancestral property. She was killed with an axe and stones. Authorities pressured the family to bury her 19 miles away to avoid “sectarian unrest” and failed to recognize religious bias as a motive.

Punjab: Christmas Attacks

Punjab saw 38 attacks on Christians in 2024, including 11 during Christmas.

On Dec. 25 in Firozpur District, a group attacked Pastor Vijay and his congregation while they were preparing for a Christmas event.

On April 18 in Sultanwind village, Amritsar District, Pastor Gurjeet and his brother Gurdeep were assaulted by a neighbor, Avtar Singh Nihang. Nihang used a Kirpan, a ceremonial Sikh dagger, to attack Gurdeep, inflicting severe injuries. Pastor Gurjeet suffered wounds on his fingers and toes. When they sought medical care, a doctor reportedly refused to treat them.

Anti-Conversion Laws: A Tool of Harassment

The EFIRLC report highlights the misuse of anti-conversion laws as a major driver of Christian persecution.

“These laws, legally termed Freedom of Religion laws, are being weaponized to curtail the religious freedom of minority Christians,” said a Christian leader from Uttar Pradesh, speaking anonymously.

In 2024, the Uttar Pradesh government amended the Prohibition of Unlawful Conversion of Religion Act, 2021, increasing penalties and making violations non-bailable. Some offenses now carry sentences of up to life imprisonment.

A critical change allows “any person” – not just victims or their relatives – to file complaints. Hindu nationalist groups have exploited this provision to file numerous cases against Christians, fostering a climate of fear.

“There are over 60 Christians currently in jail under this law,” said the leader.

Cases of False Accusations and Police Complicity

On Dec. 27 in Fatehpur District, a mob assaulted Pastor Shivbaran Paswan, forcibly shaved his head, and paraded him through his village. Instead of protecting him, police charged him under the anti-conversion law.

On Oct. 20 in Meerut, Uttar Pradesh, Hindu extremists disrupted Pastor Biju Mathew’s worship service and beat him. Police initially released him, but on Oct. 26, authorities arrested him under the anti-conversion law.

As of February 2025, Pastor Mathew remains in jail while his wife Rini cares for their two daughters. Within two weeks of his arrest, Hindu nationalist groups claimed they had “re-converted” 30 families from his church to Hinduism.

“These laws often shift the burden of proof onto the accused,” the EFIRLC report states, “making legal defense nearly impossible, even when allegations are baseless.”

Currently, 11 states have anti-conversion laws, with Rajasthan and Arunachal Pradesh moving toward stricter enforcement.

Growing Crisis and Calls for Action

By the end of 2024, 400 Christian leaders wrote to Prime Minister Narendra Modi, condemning the violence against Christians and calling for immediate intervention.

“It saddens us that nearly all political leaders, including those in the Union and state governments, have remained silent,” they wrote in a Dec. 31 letter. “Rising hate speech, especially from elected officials, has emboldened acts of violence against Christians.”

The EFIRLC emphasized that its 640 verified cases likely represent only a fraction of actual incidents, as many victims fear reporting due to police inaction and intimidation.

“The climate of fear prevents many Christians from seeking justice,” Lal said. “Even when cases are filed, legal delays, wrongful imprisonments, and acquittals of perpetrators are common.”

India’s Worsening Religious Freedom Record

India ranked 11th on Open Doors’ 2025 World Watch List of the most difficult countries for Christians, a stark rise from 31st place in 2013.

Religious freedom advocates blame the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) government, led by the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), for fostering an atmosphere of hostility toward non-Hindus. Since Prime Minister Modi took office in May 2014, Hindu nationalist groups have increasingly targeted Christians with impunity.

The EFI has urged authorities to:

Protect at-risk Christian communities
Hold extremist groups accountable
Prevent the misuse of anti-conversion laws
Ensure fair legal proceedings for religious minorities

“Religious freedom is a cornerstone of India’s constitution,” Lal said. “We must uphold these values to protect every Indian, regardless of faith.”

India at a Crossroads: Will Trump’s Tariff Wars Push Economic Reforms?

March 20, 2025March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

India has historically embraced economic reforms during crises, with the 1991 liberalization serving as a prime example. Today, with U.S. President Donald Trump’s tariff wars disrupting global trade, many believe India faces a similar turning point. The question remains: will the world’s fifth-largest economy use this moment to shed its protectionist policies and open up further, or will it retreat into economic isolation?

Trump has repeatedly criticized India as a “tariff king” and a “big abuser” of trade relations. India’s trade-weighted import duties—representing the average tariff across imported goods—are among the highest globally. The U.S. average stands at 2.2%, China’s at 3%, and Japan’s at 1.7%, while India’s is a steep 12%, according to World Trade Organization data.

High tariffs increase costs for businesses relying on global supply chains, reducing their ability to compete in international markets. Additionally, Indian consumers pay more for imported goods than their global counterparts. Despite steady export growth—mainly driven by the services sector—India runs a significant trade deficit. With the country’s share of global exports standing at just 1.5%, the urgency for change is clear.

The impact of Trump’s trade war on India remains uncertain. While it could serve as a catalyst for reform, there’s also a risk that India will entrench its protectionist stance. The Modi administration, often criticized for shielding domestic industries, appears to be reassessing its strategy.

Ahead of Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s meeting with Trump in Washington, India voluntarily reduced tariffs on several American products, including Bourbon whiskey and motorcycles. Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal has made two U.S. visits in response to Trump’s threats of retaliatory tariffs, which could take effect on April 2. Analysts at Citi Research estimate these tariffs could cost India up to $7 billion annually, particularly impacting metals, chemicals, and jewelry, while also affecting pharmaceuticals, automobiles, and food products.

In a shift from previous rhetoric, Goyal recently urged Indian exporters to abandon their “protectionist mindset,” encouraging them to compete globally with confidence. India is also actively negotiating free trade agreements with the U.K., New Zealand, and the European Union.

An unexpected development in U.S.-India economic ties has been the collaboration between Indian telecom giants Reliance Jio and Bharti Airtel with Elon Musk’s SpaceX. Together, they plan to launch Starlink satellite internet services in India. This partnership surprised analysts, given Musk’s past conflicts with both companies, and comes as the U.S. and India work toward a trade agreement.

India’s economic rise between the late 1990s and early 2000s was largely driven by its gradual integration into global markets. Between 2004 and 2009, the economy grew at an average of 8.1%, followed by 7.46% growth from 2009 to 2014. Pharmaceuticals, software, automobiles, textiles, and garment industries benefited from lower tariffs. However, in recent years, India has reversed this trend, adopting inward-looking policies.

Some economists argue that these protectionist policies have hindered the success of Modi’s “Make in India” initiative, which prioritizes capital- and technology-intensive industries over labor-intensive ones such as textiles. Consequently, manufacturing and exports have struggled to gain traction.

High tariffs have also fostered complacency among domestic industries, discouraging efficiency and innovation. Viral Acharya, an economics professor at New York University’s Stern School of Business, argues that this has led to a situation where “cosy incumbents” consolidate their market positions without facing genuine competition. In a Brookings Institution paper, Acharya suggested that reducing tariffs would boost India’s share of global trade and mitigate the negative effects of protectionism.

India’s already-high tariffs make any further increases potentially damaging. “We need to boost exports, and a tit-for-tat tariff war won’t help us,” says Rajeswari Sengupta, an associate professor of economics at Mumbai’s Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research. “China can afford this strategy due to its massive export base, but we can’t, as we hold only a small share of the global market. A trade conflict could hurt us more than others.”

With shifting global trade dynamics, India has a unique opportunity to redefine its economic trajectory. Trade expert Aseema Sinha of Claremont McKenna College believes India could lead a new era of global commerce by lowering trade barriers within South Asia and strengthening ties with Southeast Asia and the Middle East.

“By reducing tariffs, India could become a regional and cross-regional magnet for trade and economic activity, drawing in varied powers in its orbit,” says Sinha, author of Globalising India.

Reducing trade barriers could also address India’s pressing employment crisis. Agriculture, which contributes only 15% of GDP, still employs 40% of the workforce, highlighting low productivity levels. Construction remains the second-largest employer, largely relying on informal labor.

India’s challenge is not in expanding its service sector, which already accounts for nearly half of total exports, but in absorbing its large, unskilled workforce. “While high-end services are thriving, the majority of the workforce remains uneducated and underemployed, often relegated to construction or informal jobs,” Sengupta explains. “To provide meaningful employment to millions entering the workforce each year, India must ramp up its manufacturing exports. Relying solely on services won’t solve the problem.”

A key concern with reducing tariffs is the potential for foreign dumping—where companies flood the market with cheap goods, threatening domestic industries.

Sengupta suggests that India adopt a “universal reduction” in import tariffs while using targeted non-tariff barriers against China in cases of proven dumping. “To protect against this, India can use non-tariff barriers against China but only against this one country and only in cases of proven dumping. Barring that, it is in India’s interest to do a wholesale slashing of tariffs,” she argues.

Some analysts worry that India is too eager to accommodate U.S. trade demands. Ajay Srivastava, founder of the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI), believes India’s tendency to adjust trade policies “based on rhetoric rather than economic pressure” weakens its negotiating position.

Compared to other major economies, India appears especially susceptible to external pressure. “India’s pre-emptive surrender on multiple trade fronts—without the U.S. imposing a single country-specific tariff—makes it appear exceptionally vulnerable to pressure tactics,” Srivastava warns.

Despite concerns over bargaining power, many experts believe Trump’s tariffs could unintentionally drive India toward much-needed reforms. HSBC’s chief India economist, Pranjul Bhandari, sees this as an opportunity. “Potential U.S. tariffs may have become a catalyst for reforms,” she writes.

If Trump’s second term leads to further supply chain disruptions, and global markets seek alternative production hubs, India could benefit. However, achieving this transformation won’t be easy. India has largely missed out on the era of low-end, unskilled factory work that helped China dominate global manufacturing for decades. With automation on the rise, the window for industrial expansion is closing.

Without deeper economic reforms, India risks being left behind. The path it chooses—embracing globalization or doubling down on protectionism—will shape its economic future for decades to come.

NASA Astronauts Return to Earth After Unexpected Nine-Month Stay on ISS

March 19, 2025March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterScience 0

Two NASA astronauts who embarked on a short-term mission to the International Space Station (ISS) last summer but ended up staying for nine months have finally returned to Earth.

Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore splashed down in a SpaceX Dragon capsule off the Gulf Coast of Florida shortly before 6 p.m. EDT on Tuesday. Their spacecraft had undocked from the ISS at 1:05 a.m. EDT on Monday. They were accompanied by fellow NASA astronaut Nick Hague and Russian cosmonaut Aleksandr Gorbunov on their journey home.

Originally, Williams and Wilmore launched aboard a Boeing spacecraft last June for what was planned as an eight-day mission. However, technical problems with the Boeing Starliner capsule prevented their return, leading them to be incorporated into the station’s regular crew rotation.

Tuesday’s landing marked the end of a prolonged and politically charged space journey that raised concerns about Boeing’s reliability in fulfilling NASA contracts.

Williams and Wilmore’s mission began on June 5, when they lifted off aboard the new Boeing Starliner capsule as part of NASA’s commercial crew program. This initiative enlists private companies to transport astronauts and cargo to and from the ISS. SpaceX, the other contractor, has been successfully carrying out missions for NASA for years.

The Boeing Starliner’s launch was its first human-crewed flight, but the mission faced multiple setbacks. The spacecraft reached the ISS but suffered several technical issues, including multiple helium leaks and the failure of some thrusters.

Given these malfunctions, NASA opted not to use Starliner for the return trip, choosing instead to bring it back to Earth without a crew. As a result, Williams and Wilmore remained aboard the ISS until their replacements could arrive.

Their relief crew, consisting of two NASA astronauts, a Japanese astronaut, and a Russian cosmonaut, docked at the ISS early Sunday morning and were welcomed aboard by the station’s existing crew.

Beyond technical challenges, Williams and Wilmore’s extended stay became entangled in political debates.

After taking office in January, former President Donald Trump claimed he had asked his adviser and SpaceX founder Elon Musk to “go get” the stranded astronauts, alleging that the Biden administration had “virtually abandoned” them in space.

In reality, NASA had planned Williams and Wilmore’s return well in advance. The SpaceX Dragon capsule that transported them home had been docked at the ISS since September, with two vacant seats reserved for their return.

NASA stated that the astronauts were integrated into the station’s crew for logistical and budgetary reasons. During their extended stay, they conducted various experiments and participated in spacewalks.

Musk asserted in February that he had previously offered the Biden administration an earlier return using SpaceX but claimed the administration declined the offer for “political reasons.”

However, former NASA officials, including ex-NASA Administrator Bill Nelson, denied knowledge of such an offer.

Trump, in a post on his social media platform on Monday, thanked NASA’s acting Administrator Janet Petro and the agency’s staff for coordinating the astronauts’ return, while criticizing the Biden administration’s handling of the situation.

Trump Faces Widespread Disapproval Across Key Issues, Polls Show

March 19, 2025March 21, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

President Donald Trump is facing significant disapproval across multiple issues, with a Fox News host stating Thursday that he is “underwater on everything” when it comes to his approval ratings.

Jessica Tarlov cited a new Quinnipiac poll released this week, which found that 53% of voters disapprove of Trump’s performance during his second term. Voters were surveyed on various topics, including trade policies with China and Canada, immigration, foreign relations, military affairs, the economy, and the federal workforce.

Since the start of his second term, the stock market has been experiencing a downturn, thousands of federal workers have lost their jobs, and Trump has created tension with some of the country’s strongest trade partners.

“The Democratic messaging actually has been going pretty well,” Tarlov said on Fox News’ The Five, despite a separate poll indicating that Democrats have struggled to respond effectively to Trump’s policies. She noted that Democrats have been emphasizing, “They’re trying to cut your healthcare while giving tax breaks to the rich.”

“There’s over 50% disapproval of Trump himself, how he’s handling the economy, how he’s handling the federal workforce, how he’s handling Ukraine-Russia, how he’s handling trade with Mexico, how he’s handling trade with Canada,” Tarlov added. “So basically, he’s underwater on everything.”

Trump’s approval ratings had already been struggling before his joint session of Congress address on March 4. Another Quinnipiac poll from last month showed that 45% of voters approved of his performance, while 49% disapproved.

A CNN poll released this week reported similar findings, with 54% of voters disapproving of Trump’s performance compared to 45% who approved. Additionally, a Reuters poll found that many voters viewed Trump’s economic policies as too “erratic.”

Tarlov attributed part of Trump’s declining approval ratings to recent town halls held by both Democratic and Republican congressional members. These events have drawn large crowds seeking clarification on the Trump administration’s policies, particularly regarding federal workforce reductions.

On the Republican side, social media footage has captured GOP lawmakers facing backlash for supporting the Department of Government Efficiency, which is overseeing these workforce cuts.

“And we know about the Republicans having town halls and then having to run away or asking questions like, ‘What do you think of DOGE?’ and expecting people to say something positive and then they are screaming,” Tarlov said.

House Speaker Mike Johnson has suggested, without evidence, that some of the outraged town hall attendees are “paid actors.”

This week, North Carolina Republican Representative Chuck Edwards faced an intense confrontation with constituents demanding explanations for his support of cuts to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. He was met with boos and was eventually escorted out of the meeting.

Trump Administration Releases Previously Classified JFK Assassination Files

March 19, 2025March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

President Donald Trump’s administration on Tuesday began declassifying all government files related to the 1963 assassination of President John F. Kennedy, making potentially tens of thousands of unredacted pages available to the public for the first time.

This release follows Trump’s executive order, signed on his first day in office in January, directing the full disclosure of government documents concerning the assassinations of Kennedy, his brother and presidential candidate Sen. Robert F. Kennedy, D-N.Y., and civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr.

The specific contents of these newly available documents, and whether they contain any previously undisclosed information, remain unclear. Historians noted they would need time to analyze the files to determine whether they offer any significant new insights.

Thus far, the documents have not altered the longstanding conclusion that Lee Harvey Oswald acted alone in assassinating Kennedy on Nov. 22, 1963, as the president rode in a Dallas motorcade.

Public Access to the JFK Files

The newly released JFK files can be accessed on the National Archives’ website. Most are scanned documents, some of which have faded or become difficult to read over time. The collection also includes photographs and sound recordings, predominantly from the 1960s.

Report from Russia: Oswald’s Poor Marksmanship

One document dated Nov. 20, 1991, appears to summarize U.S. intelligence findings on Lee Harvey Oswald, detailing his time in the Soviet Union, his tumultuous marriage to his Soviet wife, and his reportedly poor shooting skills.

According to the document, KGB official Nikonov reviewed Soviet security service files to determine if Oswald had ever been a KGB agent.

“Nikonov is now confident that Oswald was at no time an agent controlled by the KGB,” the document states.

The report, citing American professor E.B. Smith, describes how Nikonov examined five extensive files on Oswald and doubted that anyone could control him. However, the KGB reportedly monitored him closely while he was in the USSR.

The files also document Oswald’s troubled relationship with his wife and suggest that his marksmanship was subpar. “The KGB files reflected that Oswald was a poor shot when he tried target firing in the USSR,” the document notes.

Some conspiracy theorists have pointed to inconsistencies in Oswald’s behavioral records in CIA files, arguing that they support theories suggesting he did not act alone or was not involved in Kennedy’s assassination.

References to Conspiracy Theories in the Files

The newly disclosed documents reference conspiracy theories suggesting that Oswald left the Soviet Union in 1962 with the intent to assassinate Kennedy.

Documents from the Department of Defense, dated 1963, focus on Cold War tensions and U.S. efforts to counter Cuban leader Fidel Castro’s support for communist movements in Latin America.

The records suggest Castro was unlikely to instigate a war with the U.S. but might “intensify his support of subversive forces in Latin America.”

Experts’ Initial Reactions

James Johnston, author of Murder, Inc.: The CIA under John F. Kennedy, told USA Today that he did not expect any major revelations, given that the CIA and other agencies had already transferred their records to the National Archives in 1988.

“If it was going to embarrass the agency or tell a different story, they wouldn’t have turned them over to the National Archives in the first place,” said Johnston, who was a congressional investigator on the 1975 Church Committee, which examined CIA activities.

Johnston cited one notable document missing from the release: a transcript of the first conversation between President Lyndon Johnson and CIA Director John McCone after Kennedy’s assassination.

McCone had long been suspected of withholding information from the Warren Commission, the investigative panel established by Johnson. According to Philip Shenon, author of A Cruel and Shocking Act: The Secret History of the Kennedy Assassination, McCone initially pledged full cooperation but later withheld certain details.

McCone testified that the CIA had no evidence linking Oswald to any conspiracy, foreign or domestic. His testimony aligned with the Warren Commission’s conclusion that Oswald, a former Marine and self-proclaimed Marxist, acted alone.

Years later, however, the CIA acknowledged that McCone had not been entirely forthcoming with the Warren Commission.

The Warren Commission’s Findings

Several of the newly released documents pertain to the Warren Commission, which was created by President Johnson to investigate Kennedy’s assassination.

The commission concluded that Oswald, who was arrested but later killed by nightclub owner Jack Ruby on live television, acted alone. However, Kennedy’s assassination has remained the subject of intense debate, with numerous theories challenging the official findings. Polls have consistently shown that many Americans believe the assassination was part of a broader conspiracy.

Trump’s Push for ‘Maximum Transparency’

Trump did not immediately comment on the document release, but Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard praised the move, calling it part of Trump’s pledge for “maximum transparency and a commitment to rebuild the trust of the American people in the Intelligence Community.”

For years, critics have accused the intelligence community, particularly the CIA, of withholding key information about Kennedy’s assassination. However, intelligence officials have insisted that all essential files have already been released and that any remaining redactions were necessary to protect intelligence sources and methods.

Gabbard stated that she issued a directive following Trump’s announcement, instructing all intelligence agencies to provide unredacted records for immediate public release.

Digital Release and Remaining Files

The newly released documents were made public just before 7 p.m. Tuesday. The National Archives and Records Administration, which manages the files, issued a statement confirming that all records previously withheld for classification were now released in accordance with Trump’s directive.

The National Archives noted that while some files are available online, others can only be accessed in person at the National Archives facility in College Park, Maryland.

“As the records continue to be digitized, they will be posted to this page,” the statement read, indicating that some documents are not yet available in digital form.

The agency also noted that certain information remains restricted under court seals or grand jury secrecy laws, while tax return records are protected under federal regulations.

Public Anticipation and Reaction

The document release followed Trump’s visit to the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, where he now serves as board chairman.

“People have been waiting for decades for this,” Trump told reporters. “We have a tremendous amount of paper. You’ve got a lot of reading. I don’t believe we’re going to redact anything.”

The CIA and FBI, both of which played roles in JFK assassination investigations, declined immediate comment.

Expert Analysis on the Newly Released Files

JFK scholar Jefferson Morley called the release “an encouraging start.”

“We now have complete versions of approximately a third of the redacted JFK documents held by the National Archives,” said Morley, vice president of the Mary Ferrell Foundation, a nonprofit organization that advocates for historical government transparency.

He added that seven out of ten JFK files sought by researchers are now fully public, providing new insights into Kennedy’s distrust of the CIA, attempts to assassinate Castro, surveillance of Oswald in Mexico City, and CIA propaganda efforts involving Oswald.

However, Morley noted that two-thirds of the promised files remain unreleased, including over 500 IRS records and 2,400 recently discovered FBI documents.

“Nonetheless, this is the most positive news on the declassification of JFK files since the 1990s,” Morley said.

The Justice Department’s Effort to Meet Trump’s Deadline

Trump’s order reportedly triggered a rush within the Justice Department to meet his deadline. ABC News and Reuters reported that a senior official in the DOJ’s Office of Intelligence sent an internal email just before 5 p.m. Monday, instructing attorneys to conduct a final review of the documents.

The push for full declassification began with Trump’s first executive order on Jan. 20, when he directed agencies to release files related to the assassinations of Kennedy, Robert F. Kennedy, and Martin Luther King Jr.

FBI Unveils Additional 2,400 JFK Records

Last month, the FBI announced the discovery of approximately 2,400 additional records connected to Kennedy’s assassination. These files are in the process of being transferred to the National Archives, but their contents remain unclear.

While previous investigations found no evidence of a government conspiracy, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Trump’s Secretary of Health and Human Services, has advocated for releasing the files to examine whether U.S. officials were involved in a cover-up.

The National Archives continues to review and release documents in compliance with Trump’s directive.

Dalai Lama’s New Book: A Candid Critique of China and a Reflection on His Exile

March 19, 2025March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterCulture 0

There was a time when Tenzin Gyatso, the 14th Dalai Lama, remained hopeful about returning to Tibet. Now, 66 years after his dramatic escape from Lhasa, his newly released book, which openly criticizes Chinese President Xi Jinping, only diminishes that possibility further.

At just 24 years old, the Dalai Lama fled the 330-year-old Potala Palace, the traditional seat of Tibetan spiritual leaders, under the threat of the Chinese army. Today, as he nears his 90th birthday on July 6, his homeland remains only a distant memory.

“In the darkness and frozen air of the night on March 17, 1959, I slipped out of the main gate of Norbulingka Palace, disguised in a chuba, an everyday layman’s attire,” he recalls in his book Voice for the Voiceless: Over Seven Decades of Struggle with China for My Land and My People, published by William Morrow.

An Unapologetically Candid Account

The 256-page book, released on March 11—just days before the 66th anniversary of his escape—is perhaps one of the Dalai Lama’s most direct commentaries on China. While he has long refrained from harboring personal animosity toward the Chinese leadership, his assessment of Xi’s rule is strikingly forthright.

“Judging by Xi’s last decade in office, when it comes to individual freedom and everyday life, China seems to be reverting to the oppressive policies of Mao’s time, but now enforced through state-of-the-art digital technologies of surveillance and control,” he writes.

This perspective further solidifies the deep freeze in the relationship between the Dalai Lama and Beijing. The last official talks between his representatives and the Chinese government were held in January 2010 in Beijing. At the time, Lodi Gyari, the lead Tibetan negotiator, had expressed cautious optimism: “We do not see any reason why we cannot find common ground… if the Chinese leadership has the sincerity and the political will to move forward.”

Fifteen years later, Beijing appears to be adopting a strategy of attrition, perhaps waiting for the Dalai Lama’s eventual passing. Under Xi Jinping’s 12-year presidency, Tibet and the Dalai Lama’s global standing have gradually faded from international discourse.

A Battle Over Succession

Among the key issues looming large is the Dalai Lama’s succession, which Beijing seeks to control while he remains resolute in preventing it. In his book, he firmly asserts that his successor will be born in the “free world”—a clear rejection of China’s authority over the process.

“Since the purpose of a reincarnation is to carry on the work of the predecessor, the new Dalai Lama will be born in the free world so that the traditional mission of the Dalai Lama—to be the voice for universal compassion, the spiritual leader of Tibetan Buddhism, and the symbol of Tibet embodying the aspirations of the Tibetan people—will continue,” he writes.

Beijing, however, insists that the Chinese state holds the authority to select the next Dalai Lama. This dispute has profound implications for Tibet’s six million residents and the over 100,000 Tibetan exiles worldwide, primarily in India.

For Beijing, controlling the Dalai Lama’s succession is a matter of state authority, aimed at securing greater influence over Tibet and Tibetan Buddhism. For Tibetans, however, it represents a struggle for self-determination and the preservation of their spiritual and cultural identity.

Tibet’s Distinct Identity

In his book, the Dalai Lama reiterates his commitment to a peaceful resolution with China but firmly maintains that Tibetans possess a distinct identity separate from the Han Chinese. Throughout his decades-long exile in India, he has focused on preserving Tibet’s unique culture, language, and religious traditions.

“We Tibetans are the people who have traditionally inhabited the Tibetan plateau for millennia and have every right to continue to be the custodians in our own homeland,” he asserts.

He also dismisses China’s argument that economic development in Tibet undermines his calls for autonomy.

“The issue of Tibet is not about economic development, which we acknowledge has improved significantly since China’s economic liberalization,” he writes. “The issue is about a people’s need and right to exist in their distinct language, culture, and religious heritage. Since the people inside Tibet have no freedom to speak out, it has fallen to me especially, since I came into exile in 1959, to be the voice of the voiceless.”

The Dalai Lama fears that Tibet’s unique civilization faces potential erasure, a concern heightened by Beijing’s increasing grip over the region.

‘Voice for the Voiceless’ and Its Timely Release

The book’s release ahead of the Dalai Lama’s 90th birthday and the 66th anniversary of his escape is unlikely to go unnoticed in Beijing. His remarks likening Xi’s rule to the oppressive policies of Mao Zedong may strike a nerve, especially among Xi’s staunch supporters who revere Mao’s legacy.

The book describes China’s 1950 invasion of Tibet as a “blatant land grab of an independent nation by force,” challenging Beijing’s longstanding narrative that it was merely reclaiming historical territory.

The Dalai Lama first met Mao in September 1954, when Mao was 61 and he was just 19. The 16-year-old Panchen Lama, second in importance within Tibetan Buddhism, was also present and later described Mao as “warm and welcoming.”

During that visit, Mao reassured the young Dalai Lama, saying, “Your coming to Beijing is coming to your own home. Whenever you come to Beijing, you can call on me… Don’t be shy; if you need anything, just tell me directly.”

However, the Dalai Lama’s perception of Marxist ideals evolved over time. Initially, he admired Marxism for its emphasis on uplifting the working class.

“The idea of taking care of the less privileged people, of the working class, is wonderful. To oppose all exploitation and strive for a society without national boundaries—these are excellent ideas,” he writes.

At one point, he even described himself as “half-Buddhist” and “half-Marxist.” But his perspective shifted upon realizing that Marxism lacked compassion. In China, he argues, Marxism has morphed into Leninism, where the primary objective is “state control of the people by the [Communist] Party.”

A Paradox of Hope and Harsh Realities

Despite the Dalai Lama’s unwavering optimism as a monk, his book presents a sobering assessment of China’s policies toward Tibet. The contrast between his hopeful spiritual outlook and his blunt criticism of Beijing underscores the complexities of the Tibetan struggle.

As he nears his 90th birthday, the Dalai Lama remains the most prominent global advocate for Tibet. But with Beijing tightening its grip and the world’s attention shifting elsewhere, the future of the Tibetan cause remains uncertain.

Chief Justice Roberts Rebukes Trump’s Call to Impeach Federal Judges

March 19, 2025March 20, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

Chief Justice John Roberts issued a rare public statement on Tuesday, pushing back against former President Donald Trump’s increasingly aggressive rhetoric targeting the federal judiciary. The statement appeared to be a direct response to Trump’s call for the impeachment of judges who have ruled against him.

“For more than two centuries, it has been established that impeachment is not an appropriate response to disagreement concerning a judicial decision,” Roberts said in a statement released by the Supreme Court. “The normal appellate review process exists for that purpose.”

Although Roberts did not mention Trump by name, his remarks came shortly after the former president escalated his attacks on federal judges. Earlier in the day, Trump had singled out U.S. District Judge James Boasberg, who temporarily blocked the deportation of alleged Venezuelan gang members, calling for his impeachment.

Trump’s allies, including Elon Musk, have for weeks been advocating for the impeachment of judges amid a series of unfavorable preliminary rulings against Trump’s administration. The former president’s criticism of the judiciary has become significantly more intense compared to his first term, sparking concerns over a constitutional crisis.

Some Republican lawmakers have taken action in response to Trump’s statements. Texas Representative Brandon Gill announced on social media that he had introduced articles of impeachment against Boasberg.

“This Radical Left Lunatic of a Judge, a troublemaker and agitator who was sadly appointed by Barack Hussein Obama, was not elected President—He didn’t WIN the popular VOTE (by a lot!), he didn’t WIN ALL SEVEN SWING STATES,” Trump wrote on Truth Social. “This judge, like many of the Crooked Judges I am forced to appear before, should be IMPEACHED!!!”

Later that evening, Trump addressed Roberts’ statement in an interview with Fox News’ Laura Ingraham.

“Well, (Roberts) didn’t mention my name in the statement, and I just saw it quickly,” Trump said. “He didn’t mention my name—but many people have called for (Boasberg’s) impeachment, the impeachment of this judge.”

However, Trump maintained that he had no intention of defying court orders.

“No, I never did defy a court order… you can’t do that,” Trump said. “However, we have bad judges, we have very bad judges, and these are judges that shouldn’t be allowed—I think at a certain point you have to start looking at, what do you do when you have a rogue judge?”

Roberts’ Complicated Relationship with Conservatives

Roberts has had a strained relationship with some conservatives, particularly after his 2012 vote to uphold the Affordable Care Act. Although he has frequently sided with conservatives on issues such as gun rights, abortion, affirmative action, and religious liberty, some on the right have never fully trusted him.

The Supreme Court currently has a 6-3 conservative majority, with three justices appointed by Trump. While the court has ruled in Trump’s favor on key issues, including a landmark decision last year granting broad immunity to former presidents for official acts, it has also ruled against him in a series of emergency cases since he returned to the White House.

Despite this, Trump appeared eager to gain Roberts’ favor. During his address to Congress earlier this month, Trump was overheard telling the chief justice, “Thank you again. I won’t forget it.” He later claimed on social media that he was simply thanking Roberts for swearing him in at his inauguration.

Gabe Roth, executive director of the watchdog group Fix the Court, acknowledged the significance of Roberts’ statement but criticized the chief justice’s past decisions.

“Roberts made an important point, but it’s a little rich coming from the guy that, by giving Donald Trump near-total immunity in a major decision last year, helped usher in the present era of lawlessness,” Roth said.

Impeachment Threats and Legal Fallout

Until now, Roberts and the Supreme Court have largely remained silent as Trump and his allies ramp up their attacks on the judiciary. Many of the recent rulings against Trump’s administration are expected to be appealed, with some cases potentially reaching the Supreme Court.

While Roberts’ statement did not directly reference a specific case, it coincided with an ongoing legal battle in Washington, D.C., where the Biden administration and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) are disputing the deportation of Venezuelan nationals.

The Justice Department’s handling of the case has raised questions about whether the White House ignored a court order requiring it to halt deportations immediately. Boasberg’s order was a temporary measure intended to allow more time for legal arguments, but the administration has framed the judge’s actions as an overreach.

During a Monday hearing, Boasberg demanded to know what steps the administration had taken after his ruling. Justice Department lawyers initially refused to respond, citing national security concerns. On Tuesday, immigration officials submitted a sworn declaration asserting that the deported Venezuelans were subject to removal orders under laws other than the Alien Enemies Act.

Trump is invoking the Alien Enemies Act, a 1798 law that permits expedited deportations of foreign nationals from hostile countries during times of war or invasion. Critics argue that the U.S. is not formally at war and question whether the administration’s definition of “invasion” meets the law’s criteria.

The issue is likely to be resolved in the courts, including the Supreme Court.

Roberts’ Previous Defense of Judicial Independence

Roberts’ statement on Tuesday echoed his 2018 rebuke of Trump’s criticism of the judiciary. At the time, Trump had attacked a federal judge from California who issued an injunction against his asylum restrictions, calling him an “Obama judge.”

“It’s a disgrace when every case gets filed in the 9th Circuit,” Trump complained, referring to the historically liberal appeals court. “That’s not law. Every case in the 9th Circuit we get beaten and then we end up having to go to the Supreme Court, like the travel ban, and we won. Every case, no matter where it is, they file… they file it in what’s called the 9th Circuit. This was an Obama judge. I’ll tell you what, it’s not going to happen like this anymore.”

In response, Roberts issued a rare statement defending the judiciary’s independence.

“We do not have Obama judges or Trump judges, Bush judges or Clinton judges,” Roberts, who was nominated by President George W. Bush, said at the time. “What we have is an extraordinary group of dedicated judges doing their level best to do equal right to those appearing before them. That independent judiciary is something we should all be thankful for.”

Despite Roberts’ insistence on judicial neutrality, Trump and his allies continue to attack judges who rule against them. With impeachment articles already introduced in Congress, and legal battles mounting, the clash between the judiciary and the executive branch is unlikely to subside anytime soon.

Indian Politicians Celebrate Sunita Williams’ Safe Return from Space

March 19, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

Indian politicians from various parties praised NASA astronaut Sunita Williams on her safe return to Earth, commending her achievements and calling her an inspiration for the nation.

Williams, along with astronauts Butch Wilmore, Nick Hague, and Russian cosmonaut Aleksandr Gorbunov, landed safely on Tuesday evening aboard SpaceX’s Dragon spacecraft. The capsule splashed down off Florida’s coast just before 6 p.m. local time, where recovery teams welcomed the astronauts. Williams, the third to emerge from the spacecraft, waved and smiled, marking the conclusion of her extended space mission.

Rajya Sabha MP Sudha Murty expressed her happiness over Williams’ return. “I always hoped for the best and prayed for her. I am very happy she has returned safely,” she said.

BJP MP Ravi Kishan referred to Williams as “India’s daughter” and emphasized the growing recognition of Indian women’s excellence. “This moment showcases the immense strength and potential of daughters. Indian women are setting remarkable examples on the global stage. The world celebrates her return, proving that even in space, their power is extraordinary,” he told IANS.

Shiv Sena MP Milind Deora described her return as a “great victory for humanity” and highlighted the importance of innovation. “Prime Minister Narendra Modi has invited Sunita Williams to India, and I am confident that we will honour her in the coming months,” he said.

Congress MP Karti P. Chidambaram hailed her safe return as proof of human ingenuity. “I am very glad that space exploration is being carried out with such great vigour, and even happier that all the astronauts have returned safely,” he told IANS.

BJP leader Mukhtar Abbas Naqvi likened Williams and her team to “stars returning to Earth,” adding, “She has brought immense pride to the entire world. Indians, in particular, feel honoured.”

BJP Rajya Sabha MP Rekha Sharma praised Williams for making history. “She spent nine months in space, becoming the first person to do so—not just as a woman, but as an individual. I hope she visits India soon and receives a warm welcome,” she said.

Uttar Pradesh Deputy Chief Minister Brajesh Pathak congratulated Williams on behalf of the state’s 25 crore people. “The world has witnessed the charisma of India’s daughter. My heart is filled with joy,” he said.

BJP Rajya Sabha MP Mayank Nayak also emphasized her deep connection to India and Gujarat. “She is the daughter of Gujarat, the daughter of India. She ventured into space and has now returned safely. I thank God for her safe journey back to Earth,” he said.

Hindu Temple Vandalized in Southern California, Sparking Concern Among South Asian Communities

March 19, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

The recent desecration of a well-known Hindu temple in Southern California with anti-Hindu and anti-Indian government graffiti has raised concerns among South Asian groups, following a series of similar incidents over the past year.

Devotees who arrived early on March 8 at the BAPS Shri Swaminarayan Mandir in Chino Hills were shocked to find the phrase “Hindustan Murdabad” scrawled across a pink stone sign bearing the temple’s name, according to temple volunteer Mehul Patel. The phrase translates to “death to” or “down with” Hindus and India.

Additionally, expletive-filled graffiti targeting Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi was spray-painted on an exterior brick wall and a nearby sidewalk, Patel said. Officials from the San Bernardino Sheriff’s Department have classified the vandalism as a hate crime, though no suspects have been identified yet.

Patel noted that the incident instilled fear in the local community, with its impact resonating as far as India. Major Indian news outlets covered the story, and India’s External Affairs Ministry strongly condemned the act.

“We denounce such deplorable actions in the strongest possible terms,” said ministry spokesperson Randhir Jaiswal. “We urge local law enforcement to take strict measures against the perpetrators and to ensure proper security for places of worship.”

The Chino Hills temple, which attracts nearly 1,000 visitors daily and sees thousands gathering for Diwali and other temple festivals, has long been a central place of worship for the Hindu community.

“Despite having security measures in place, an incident like this makes you rethink your safety—especially when you have young children,” Patel said.

The temple, the largest Hindu place of worship in California, is situated on a 20-acre property along a freeway. It features grand arches and domes carved from pink sandstone, while its interiors are adorned with white Italian marble. In October 2023, the organization completed the construction of the largest Hindu temple outside India in Robbinsville, New Jersey. The Swaminarayan sect, a branch of Hinduism, oversees more than 1,300 temples and 5,000 centers worldwide, according to its website.

This is not the first time the Bochasanwasi Shri Akshar Purushottam Swaminarayan Sanstha (BAPS) has faced acts of vandalism. On September 16, 2023, their temple in Melville, New York, was defaced with similar graffiti. Just over a week later, their temple near Sacramento was targeted, and another incident occurred at the Newark, California, temple in December 2023. These acts of vandalism are also being investigated as hate crimes.

A common element in these attacks has been the criticism of Modi, under whom Hindu nationalism has gained prominence in India. Other Hindu temples not affiliated with BAPS have also been vandalized in recent months.

In January 2024, Vijay’s Sherawali Temple in Hayward, California—a Hindu temple dedicated to the goddess Durga and operated by a Fijian immigrant family—was defaced with graffiti labeling Modi a “terrorist” and displaying the phrase “Khalistan Zindabad,” meaning “Long live Khalistan.”

The term Khalistan refers to a proposed independent state that Sikh separatists seek to establish in India’s Punjab region, the birthplace of Sikhism. A violent Khalistani insurgency was suppressed by the Indian government in 1984, and India has officially classified the movement as a terrorist organization. Currently, activists in the Sikh diaspora are organizing a nonbinding referendum across the United States on the creation of Khalistan, with voting scheduled to take place in Los Angeles on March 23.

Tensions between India and Canada intensified in the summer of 2023 following Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s allegation that Indian authorities were involved in the assassination of Hardeep Singh Nijjar, a Canadian citizen who was fatally shot outside a Sikh temple in Surrey, British Columbia.

In November 2023, the U.S. Department of Justice revealed that an Indian government official had allegedly plotted the assassination of Gurpatwant Singh Pannun, a Sikh separatist leader based in New York who has been leading the Khalistan referendum movement. Additionally, in August 2023, the FBI launched an investigation into a drive-by shooting in Yolo County, California, that targeted Satinder Pal Singh Raju, a close associate of Nijjar.

The vandalism of Hindu temples in Northern California last year was condemned by local Sikh organizations. Within the Sikh community, both in India and abroad, there are divisions regarding support for Khalistan.

Following the recent incident in Chino Hills, the Coalition of Hindus of North America issued a statement on X (formerly Twitter) suggesting a possible link between the graffiti and the upcoming Khalistan referendum in Los Angeles. Pushpita Prasad, a spokesperson for the group, emphasized that regardless of who is responsible, repeated attacks on Hindu places of worship must be addressed.

“This ongoing assault on the right of Hindus to worship in peace is unacceptable,” Prasad stated.

She expressed concern over the psychological impact of such incidents. “A temple is a place where people seek solace. If that very place is under attack, where does one find peace?”

Prasad also called for a broader discussion on the factors driving these attacks and urged the recognition of anti-Hindu hate crimes. She advocated for equal protection of Hindu places of worship.

Meanwhile, another South Asian advocacy group warned against prematurely attributing blame before investigations conclude. Making assumptions without evidence can deepen community divisions, said Prachi Patankar, a board member of the interfaith organization Savera Coalition.

Her group represents Indian Americans from diverse backgrounds, including Hindus, Sikhs, Muslims, Dalits (historically marginalized groups formerly labeled as “untouchables”), and those who do not affiliate with any religion.

“Such incidents should never be used to scapegoat other minority religious communities, including Sikhs,” Patankar said. “It can lead to unnecessary criminalization and repression of an entire community.”

Patel stressed the importance of understanding that Hindus are not a monolithic group. He pointed out that the Chino Hills temple operates as a nonprofit religious institution and does not represent any particular government, leader, or nation.

“We are an American Hindu temple,” Patel said. “Many Indian Americans worship here, but we also have members from non-Indian backgrounds who practice Hinduism.”

Surveillance footage captured two individuals appearing to survey the area before defacing the property. Patel hopes the video will aid law enforcement in identifying and apprehending those responsible.

On March 9, members of the temple gathered outside their place of worship for a special prayer session led by a priest, who recited the “Shanthi Path,” a Hindu blessing for peace.

“We prayed not just for our community but also for those who committed this act,” Patel said. “We believe in free expression, but messages should be conveyed peacefully, without resorting to hate.”

Scientists Discover Massive Mountains Hidden Deep Beneath Earth’s Surface

March 19, 2025 Staff ReporterScience 0

Scientists have uncovered two enormous mountains buried deep within the Earth, each towering 620 miles (1,000 kilometers) high—over 100 times the height of Mount Everest.

These colossal formations, located1,200 miles below the surface, challenge current understanding of Earth’s geological history. The groundbreaking research was recently published in Nature.

Known as Large Low Seismic Velocity Provinces (LLSVPs), these mountains were identified through the study of seismic waves produced by earthquakes. As these waves move through the Earth, they slow down when passing through materials of different densities, allowing scientists to map underground structures.

The LLSVPs, found beneath Africa and the Pacific Ocean, dwarf Mount Everest, which rises just 5.5 miles above sea level. Unlike surface mountains, these formations consist of dense, ancient material, offering a rare glimpse into Earth’s distant past.

Scientists theorize that these structures may be remnants of ancient tectonic plates that sank into the mantle billions of years ago through a process called subduction. This suggests that parts of Earth’s mantle have remained stable for over 4 billion years—far longer than previously thought.

Rethinking the Mantle

For years, scientists viewed the mantle as a constantly shifting layer with circulating heat and material. However, the discovery of these massive, stable formations challenges that idea.

Not only are the LLSVPs larger than expected, but they are also hotter than their surroundings, complicating current models of mantle dynamics. Their presence could offer crucial insights into Earth’s deep interior and the forces shaping the planet.

With advancing seismic imaging technology, researchers anticipate uncovering more hidden features beneath Earth’s surface. These underground giants may reshape our understanding of Earth’s early history and ongoing geological processes.

Though unreachable by humans, these towering structures redefine the concept of Earth’s tallest mountains. While Everest remains the highest peak above ground, the planet’s true giants lie hidden far beneath our feet.

Akash Bashir: A Decade Since His Ultimate Sacrifice to Protect His Faith

March 19, 2025 Staff ReporterReligion 0

Akash Bashir, a 20-year-old volunteer security guard, gave his life exactly ten years ago, on Sunday, March 15, 2015, when he stopped a suicide bomber from entering St. John’s Catholic Church in Lahore, Pakistan. As he restrained the attacker in a firm hold just before the explosion, his final words were: “I will die but I will not let you go in.”

His bravery prevented what could have been a mass tragedy, saving the lives of over a thousand worshippers inside the church at the time. In recognition of his sacrifice, the Vatican declared him Servant of God in February 2022, marking the first step toward sainthood—potentially making him Pakistan’s first saint in history.

Following a devastating terrorist attack on the Anglican All Saints Church in Peshawar in September 2013, which claimed 127 lives and left 250 injured, Pakistani churches began recruiting volunteer security personnel. Akash was determined to serve, his mother recalled in an interview with Aid to the Church in Need (ACN), a Catholic charity. She shared that her son had insisted for three months that he wanted to protect the church, saying he was “ready to sacrifice his life if God gave him the chance to protect others.”

On the day of the attack, Akash successfully blocked the suicide bomber from entering the church, forcing the assailant to detonate his vest outside. Although two others were killed in the blast, the loss of life could have been far greater had the terrorist reached the congregation inside.

His mother vividly remembers the events of that day. “I was washing clothes in the house,” she recounted, when Akash, dressed in white, left for church. “Moments later, I heard gunfire outside. Then, explosions shook our street… He was a simple boy who died in the path of the Lord.”

Pastor Samuel Ashan Khokharassisted in the morgue where the bodies were taken after the attack. He was deeply moved by what he saw. “When I looked at Akash’s face, although lifeless, there was an undeniable beauty. His smile and serenity touched me profoundly. He radiated a luminous, sacred presence, reminiscent of the first Christian martyrs,” he said.

Just minutes after Akash’s selfless act, a second suicide bomber targeted the nearby Christ Church, a Protestant place of worship. That blast resulted in more than 10 deaths and injured dozens of others.

Christianity’s Deep Roots in Pakistan

Christianity has had a presence in the region for nearly two millennia. St. Thomas the Apostle is believed to have arrived in Kerala in 52 AD before traveling north to what is now Pakistan’s Punjab province, where most of the country’s Christians live today. He was later martyred in Chennai, India, in 72 AD.

Today, Pakistan’s Christian population is estimated at three million, making up less than two percent of the total population. Despite constitutional promises of religious freedom, Christians often face systemic discrimination, economic hardships, and social marginalization. Pakistan was originally envisioned as a refuge for religious minorities fleeing India’s caste system, yet today, many Christians are treated as second-class citizens.

Persecution and Violence Against Christians

Pakistan’s strict blasphemy laws are frequently misused against Christians, often as a tool for settling personal disputes. A prominent example is Asia Bibi, a Catholic mother of five, who was sentenced to death in 2010 after being accused of blasphemy by co-workers. She spent eight years on death row before being acquitted in 2018, but only after global outcry.

More recently, on August 16, 2023, an outbreak of religious violence rocked the city of Jaranwala in Punjab. Pakistan’s Catholic bishops described it as the worst tragedy against Christians in the country’s history. Allegations that two Christian brothers had desecrated a Qur’an—an offense punishable by life imprisonment—sparked a mob attack.

Nearly a thousand Christians were forced to flee, as rioters torched dozens of churches and hundreds of Christian homes. Families lost all their belongings, and even Christian cemeteries were desecrated. Despite the scale of the violence, the police failed to intervene in time to prevent the destruction.

Authorities arrested fewer than 400 people, despite at least 5,000 individuals being involved in the attacks. Many of those detained were later released—228 were granted bail, while 77 had their charges dropped altogether.

Christian Women and Children at Risk

In addition to targeted violence, Pakistan’s Christian minority faces severe educational and employment discrimination. Many Christian children are pushed into dangerous, low-paying jobs, while Christian women and girls are particularly vulnerable to forced conversions and marriages.

One shocking case was that of Maira Shahbaz, a 14-year-old Catholic girl from Faisalabad, who was abducted in April 2020 by three armed men. She was drugged, repeatedly raped, and blackmailed with a video of her assault before being forced to convert to Islam and marry one of her captors.

Despite CCTV footage proving her kidnapping and her mother presenting official documents confirming her age, the Lahore High Court ruled against her family, claiming she was of legal age for marriage. Maira eventually managed to escape but continues to live in hiding with her family due to death threats from extremists accusing her of apostasy—a crime punishable by death.

This is not an isolated incident. Every year, up to 1,000 girls from religious minority backgrounds suffer a similar fate, many of them as young as 12 or 13 years old.

ACN’s Support for Pakistani Christians

Aid to the Church in Need (ACN) has been actively involved in supporting Christian communities in Pakistan, providing:

Scholarships and pastoral programs for underprivileged Christian children
Mass stipends and seminary training for priests
Emergency relief following anti-Christian attacks
Funding for the construction of churches

The organization also advocates internationally for the rights of persecuted Christians in Pakistan and around the world, ensuring their voices are heard.

The Enduring Legacy of Akash Bashir

As Pakistan marks the tenth anniversary of Akash Bashir’s martyrdom, his story stands as a powerful reminder of the harsh reality faced by many Christians worldwide. He is a symbol of unwavering faith, courage, and selflessness in the face of immense danger.

Today, Christians remain the most persecuted religious group globally, yet they continue to persevere despite oppression and violence. Akash’s sacrifice challenges people everywhere to reflect on the price of faith and the strength of those who risk their lives simply to worship freely.

His journey toward sainthood, now officially recognized by the Vatican, offers a glimmer of hope and recognition for persecuted Christians in Pakistan and beyond.

Polls Show Declining Public Confidence in Trump’s Economic Management

March 18, 2025March 19, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

Recent surveys indicate growing public dissatisfaction with President Donald Trump’s handling of the U.S. economy. For the first time, a majority of Americans disapprove of his economic policies, according to an NBC News poll. Conducted from March 7 to 11, the survey of 1,000 registered voters found that 54 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management, while 44 percent approve. The poll has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.1 percentage points. NBC News noted this marks the first instance in its national polling where Trump’s economic approval rating has fallen into majority disapproval.

Why It Matters

Economic trust has been central to Trump’s appeal, especially in contrast to former Vice President Kamala Harris. His economic management was seen as crucial to securing a Republican victory in 2024. However, growing frustration among voters about unmet campaign promises, fears of a potential recession, and proposed tariffs on imports are contributing to declining support.

What to Know

Despite Trump achieving one of his highest overall approval ratings at 47 percent, concerns about the economy persist. The NBC poll shows that 55 percent disapprove of his approach to inflation and the cost of living, with only 42 percent approving. Additionally, just 18 percent of respondents describe the economy as “good” or “excellent,” while 43 percent view it as poor, and 39 percent rate it as “fair.”

A CNN poll conducted from March 6 to 9 by SSRS similarly found that 56 percent disapprove of Trump’s economic management. This represents the highest level of economic disapproval recorded during his presidency. The survey, which included 1,206 U.S. adults, has a margin of error of plus or minus 3.3 percentage points.

Another YouGov/Economist poll conducted from March 9 to 11 among 1,699 U.S. adults found that 47 percent disapprove of Trump’s handling of jobs and the economy, while 43 percent approve. This marks a shift from a late-January poll in which 49 percent approved, and 37 percent disapproved, indicating a 10-point rise in economic disapproval in just over a month. The margin of error for this poll is plus or minus 3.2 percentage points.

What People Are Saying

Kristen Hopewell, an economist and director at the University of British Columbia’s Liu Institute for Global Issues, commented on the potential impact of Trump’s tariff policies. She told Newsweek, “There’s no state that won’t be harmed by Trump’s tariffs—but some will be hit even harder than others. Tariffs on steel and aluminum will raise costs for manufacturers across the U.S., undermining their competitiveness. This will hurt the biggest hubs of American manufacturing—California, Texas, Illinois, Ohio, Michigan, Pennsylvania, New York, Indiana, Wisconsin, and North Carolina—hardest.”

Mark A. DiPlacido, a policy adviser at the conservative think tank American Compass, defended Trump’s tariff policies in a March 17 opinion piece for Newsweek. He wrote, “The tariffs President Trump levied under his first administration raised more than $230 billion in revenue while reducing U.S. dependence on tariffed goods and avoiding inflation. Given the persistence of the U.S. trade deficit, President Trump is right to take tariffs to the next level. Whether through a simple global tariff of 10-20 percent—which could raise as much as $2.2 trillion in revenue over 10 years—or a wider set of reciprocal tariffs based on our trade balance with each foreign nation, the United States must assert its economic interests against the unfair practices of our trading partners.”

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent addressed recession concerns during an appearance on NBC News’ Meet the Press, stating, “There are no guarantees. Like, who would’ve predicted COVID? I can predict that we’re putting in robust policies that will be durable. And could there be an adjustment? Because I tell you that this massive government spending that we’ve had, if that had kept going, we would have to wean our country off of that.”

President Trump himself weighed in on economic concerns via Truth Social on February 2. He wrote, “THIS WILL BE THE GOLDEN AGE OF AMERICA! WILL THERE BE SOME PAIN? YES, MAYBE (AND MAYBE NOT!). BUT WE WILL MAKE AMERICA GREAT AGAIN, AND IT WILL ALL BE WORTH THE PRICE THAT MUST BE PAID. WE ARE A COUNTRY THAT IS NOW BEING RUN WITH COMMON SENSE — AND THE RESULTS WILL BE SPECTACULAR!!!”

What Happens Next

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) has warned that Trump’s tariff policies against Canada and Mexico could negatively impact U.S. GDP growth. The OECD’s latest projections indicate that U.S. economic growth will be 2.2 percent in 2025 and 1.6 percent in 2026—both revised downward from previous estimates of 2.4 percent and 2.1 percent, respectively.

Approval Ratings Breakdown

Poll	Approval	Disapproval	Margin of Error
NBC News	44%	54%	±3.1%
CNN	42%	56%	±3.3%
YouGov/Economist	43%	47%	±3.2%

With declining approval ratings on economic matters, Trump faces a crucial challenge in convincing voters that his policies will lead to long-term growth. The coming months will determine whether he can regain confidence or if economic concerns will become a liability in the 2024 election.

Macy’s Store Closures Reflect Shift in Shopping Trends

March 18, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Several of Macy’s most well-known stores, including Broadway Plaza in Los Angeles, are among those set to close. According to UnionRayo, Macy’s decline can be attributed to several factors, one of the most significant being the impact of COVID-19, which pushed many shoppers toward e-commerce rather than visiting physical retail stores.

The report highlights that in 2023, Macy’s experienced a 5.5% drop in net sales, totaling $21.3 billion, which significantly affected the company’s financial stability.

Additionally, Macy’s struggles mirror those of many other department stores and retailers that have suffered in the wake of the pandemic. As consumer habits have shifted, an increasing number of shoppers now prefer to make purchases online and have products delivered to their homes rather than shopping in-store.

To manage the transition, the chain has initiated clearance sales at some of the locations set to close, offering discounts of up to 70% on select products.

Despite these challenges, Macy’s has made it clear that this is not the end of the brand. The future of the department store largely hinges on how well it can adapt to online retail in the aftermath of the closures.

“Closing any store is never easy, but as part of our Bold New Chapter strategy, we are closing underproductive Macy’s stores to allow us to focus our resources and prioritize investments in our go–forward stores, where customers are already responding positively to better product offerings and elevated service,” said Tony Spring, chairman and chief executive officer of Macy’s, Inc.

On Reddit, users reacted to the news of Macy’s decision to shut down 150 locations, including some in New York.

“Macy was a giant in the shopping space, if Macy is going down it isn’t looking good for the rest of the clothing stores and this is NYC,” commented user Otherwise-Sun2486.

“Yeah ‘WAS’ is the operative word here. Before the advent of the internet. 40 years ago. They didn’t keep up with changing trends, tastes, and technology. Does anyone here even realize MALLS are not a thing anymore and they’ve been closing across the nation for the past 10+ years?” another user replied.

“Macy’s is so behind that even the computers that they use to train new employees barely work 90% of the time lmao,” another commenter added.

“Wouldn’t be surprised if eventually the 34th Street Herald Square location remains the only physical store for the entire company,” wrote another user.

Immigration Lawyers Urge Indian Nationals to Reconsider Travel Amid Visa Delays and Scrutiny

March 18, 2025 Staff ReporterTravel 0

Immigration attorneys across the United States are advising Indian nationals, including H-1B visa holders, international students, and even those with green cards, to reconsider traveling outside the country. While India is not currently listed in any proposed travel bans, legal experts warn that travelers are experiencing visa stamping delays, heightened security screenings, and, in some cases, even detention upon arrival at U.S. airports.

Seattle-based immigration attorney Kripa Upadhyay cautioned in an interview with TOI’s Lubna Kably, stating, “As heartless as this may seem, foreign nationals (especially those needing renewal of H-1B or F-1 visa stamps) really need to think twice about leaving the US right now.” This warning comes amid recent changes by the U.S. Department of State regarding interview waiver, commonly known as the “dropbox” process. Previously, non-immigrant visa holders, except for B visitor visas, could apply for a waiver if their visa had expired within the last 48 months. However, under the new rule, only those renewing the same visa category within 12 months of expiration are eligible for dropbox appointments.

According to Upadhyay, this adjustment has significant consequences for many Indian professionals and students. Those on an F-1 student visa transitioning to an H-1B work visa must now undergo the full visa interview process. Likewise, an H-1B visa holder whose previous visa expired more than a year ago is no longer eligible for dropbox renewal and must also schedule an interview.

Another immigration attorney, Snehal Batra, who serves as the managing attorney at NPZ Law Group, pointed out that delays in obtaining visa appointments are just one part of the issue. She elaborated, “Delays due to visa appointment availability is only part of the concern. We know of individuals who are stuck in administrative processing for no apparent reason other than additional scrutiny and security clearances. This should not have happened, if the individual has been previously approved for a visa multiple times. I think we can expect to see ‘extreme vetting’ similar to the tenure of the earlier Trump administration.”

Immigration experts are also highlighting a growing risk that even after a visa is approved by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), consular officers have the authority to reject the visa and send the application back for further review. Upadhyay explained the serious implications of such re-adjudication, warning, “In a situation like this, employees outside the country would be stuck for several months (4-6 months minimum) before they can return to the US.”

Rajiv S. Khanna, managing attorney at Immigration.com, suggested that if travel is absolutely necessary, visa applicants and their employers should develop alternative arrangements in case of delays. He advised, “If travel is unavoidable, visa applicants and their employers should also try to have contingency plans in case of delayed stamping such as continuing work from their home country.”

Even green card holders are facing increased scrutiny at U.S. ports of entry. Immigration attorneys are reporting a rising number of cases where lawful permanent residents, including Indian nationals, have been subjected to secondary inspections or even overnight detention by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers. Some individuals have reportedly been pressured to voluntarily surrender their green cards.

Older Indian nationals who hold green cards and spend extended periods in India while visiting their families in the U.S. are particularly at risk. Given the heightened scrutiny, attorneys are now strongly urging green card holders who have yet to apply for U.S. citizenship to do so as soon as possible. For those who have lived in the U.S. for decades, securing American passports would eliminate the risk of facing such complications upon re-entry.

With the tightening of immigration policies and increased security measures, legal experts recommend that Indian nationals carefully assess their travel plans and take necessary precautions before deciding to leave the United States.

Father Xavier Vadakkekara: A Visionary Journalist and Media Leader Passes Away at 72

March 18, 2025 Staff ReporterProfile 0

Capuchin Father Xavier Vadakkekara, a renowned Catholic journalist who overcame partial blindness to revitalize Indian Currents, India’s leading Church weekly, and mentor numerous young journalists, passed away on March 16 at the age of 72.

He breathed his last at 11:35 p.m. at Holy Family Hospital in New Delhi, where he was undergoing treatment for acute respiratory insufficiency. His funeral service will take place at 3:30 p.m. on March 18 at Khrist Raja Church in Dasna, Masuri, Uttar Pradesh. As per his wishes, his body will be donated to the All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS) in New Delhi.

Bishop Henry D’Souza of Bellary, chairman of the Office of Social Communication under the Catholic Bishops’ Conference of India, expressed his deep sorrow at Father Xavier’s passing. “He was a person with keen intellect and committed media person. He was people-friendly and compassionate. In his death the Church in India has lost an excellent media person with Christian values,” the bishop said.

Father Suresh Mathew, a fellow Capuchin priest and former editor of Indian Currents, praised Father Xavier as “a trailblazing Capuchin priest, journalist, and media leader who left an indelible mark on the Catholic media landscape in India.”

Recalling Father Xavier’s contributions, Father Mathew noted, “He was a driving force behind the Catholic Church’s efforts to engage with the world through the media. His visionary leadership, intellectual curiosity, and passion for social justice inspired a generation of Catholic journalists, writers, and thinkers.”

J. Philip, a veteran journalist who worked closely with Father Xavier, highlighted his role in transforming Indian Currents. The weekly, founded by Father John Vallamattom as a publication of the Catholic Bishops’ Conference of India, faced financial difficulties and was on the verge of closure when Father Xavier took over as editor in 1998.

Under his stewardship, the publication became a platform for progressive Catholic thought, tackling pressing social issues and amplifying marginalized voices. “He never shied away from confronting the government or exposing fundamentalist elements in the country through his work at Indian Currents weekly,” Father Mathew remarked.

Father Xavier had previously demonstrated his editorial prowess with Assisi, a Malayalam monthly magazine published from Bharananganam in Kerala. His meticulous approach to journalism, commitment to accuracy, and insistence on fairness earned him widespread respect among his peers and readers.

In addition to his editorial work, Father Xavier played a significant role in shaping the Catholic Church’s publishing strategy in India. As director of Media House in Delhi, he was instrumental in developing various publications and navigating the complexities of the media landscape.

He also took bold stances on issues within the Church. Father Mathew recalled a striking Indian Currents cover story that juxtaposed two contrasting events: the denial of a Catholic funeral in a Kerala diocese and a bishop from Northeast India’s peace-building efforts among warring groups. “His commitment to truth and justice was unwavering, and his legacy continues to inspire,” Father Mathew said.

Philip pointed out that Father Xavier hailed from a deeply religious family with a remarkable dedication to the Church. Among his nine siblings, only two opted for a secular life, while the rest embraced priesthood or religious service. “Few families would have contributed as much human capital to the Church as his,” Philip observed.

Early Life and Career

Father Xavier was born on January 25, 1953, in Neeloor, near Palai in Kerala. His family later moved to Vadakkancherry in Palakkad. He was ordained a priest on April 19, 1980, and began his career in journalism with Assisi magazine.

Pursuing higher education, he completed his doctorate in the Philippines. Upon returning to India, he served as a professor of communication at Vijnananilayam in Janampet, Andhra Pradesh.

In 1993, he moved to northern India and established Media House, a publishing institution in Suryanagar, Uttar Pradesh, near the Delhi border. His efforts extended beyond journalism as he actively contributed to education and social development initiatives.

He played a pivotal role in setting up Shramik Vidya Peeth, later renamed Jan Shikshan Sansthan, an institution dedicated to adult and skill-based education. Notably, it was the first Shramik Vidya Peeth granted to the Catholic Church by the Indian government.

Recognizing the growing importance of digital literacy, he founded the Media Institute of Training and Technology in Suryanagar during the 1990s, focusing primarily on computer education. He also contributed to the establishment of the Assisi Institute of Training and Technology in Noida, Uttar Pradesh. This institute, affiliated with Hisar University in Haryana, offered master’s programs in communication and journalism.

Another initiative close to Father Xavier’s heart was the Children’s Help in Life Development (CHILD) project. In collaboration with Caritas India, this initiative provided education and support to street and slum children in Ghaziabad.

In 1998, with the backing of the Capuchin Mission of Krist Jyoti, he assumed control of Indian Currents. His leadership reinvigorated the publication, and he remained its editor until 2006. Under his guidance, Jyoti Press, a state-of-the-art printing unit, was established in Noida in 2002.

Final Years

In his later years, Father Xavier spent time in Kerala, staying with his brother, Father Benedict Vadakkekara, at a Capuchin ashram in Kattappana, Idukki district. He returned to Delhi in February but fell ill by the end of the month.

Father Xavier Vadakkekara’s passing marks the end of an era in Catholic journalism in India. His relentless pursuit of truth, fearless journalism, and unwavering commitment to social justice have left an enduring legacy.

Gold Holds Steady Around $3,000 as Markets Eye Fed Policy, Trade Tariffs

March 18, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Gold prices remained stable on Monday, hovering near the $3,000 level that was surpassed last week. Investors are closely watching trade tariff developments and the U.S. Federal Reserve’s upcoming policy meeting for further market direction.

Market Overview

Spot gold edged up 0.4% to $2,997.51 an ounce, after reaching a record high of $3,004.86 on Friday. Meanwhile, U.S. gold futures rose 0.2% to $3,005.60.

Traders are awaiting the Federal Reserve’s new economic projections this week, which will offer insight into how central bankers assess the economic effects of President Donald Trump’s policies. These policies have added uncertainty to an otherwise stable economic outlook.

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent warned on Sunday that while a U.S. recession is not guaranteed, some economic adjustment may be necessary.

David Meger, director of metals trading at High Ridge Futures, noted, “I expect some consolidation in gold prices… Right now, the market is in a ‘wait-and-see’ mode ahead of the Fed’s decision.”

Interest Rates and Economic Signals

Markets widely anticipate that the Federal Reserve will keep interest rates unchanged on Wednesday, with a potential rate cut expected in June.

Gold, which does not yield interest, tends to perform well during economic uncertainty and in lower interest rate environments.

Recent data indicated that U.S. retail sales rebounded in February but at a slower pace than expected. Economic growth remains moderate, with trade tariffs and federal worker layoffs weighing on consumer sentiment.

Analysts at Heraeus Metals stated, “Should economic data continue to soften and the global tariff war escalate, gold will continue to benefit.”

Other Market Movements

Spot silver remained unchanged at $33.78 an ounce.
Palladium inched up 0.2% to $967.27.
Platinum gained 1% to reach $1,002.60.

Political Developments

President Trump announced plans to speak with Russian President Vladimir Putin on Tuesday regarding efforts to end the war in Ukraine.

With investors closely monitoring geopolitical developments, the Fed’s decision and economic data in the coming days will play a key role in shaping gold’s trajectory.

Kaamya Karthikeyan: The Youngest Woman to Scale the Seven Summits Sets Her Sights on the Explorer’s Grand Slam

March 18, 2025 Staff ReporterYouth 0

At just 17, Kaamya Karthikeyan has accomplished a feat that many seasoned mountaineers can only aspire to—becoming the youngest woman to conquer the highest peaks on all seven continents, including the formidable Mount Everest. Yet, for Kaamya, mountaineering began as something much more personal: a way to bond with her family in the mountains.

A Passion Born from Family Adventures

“My journey never started as a record-breaking mission. It began only as a way to spend time with my family in the mountains. Over the years, it grew from just that to my passion!” Kaamya shares, emphasizing that her love for climbing was never about setting records, but about cherishing the experience.

Of all her climbs, summiting Mount Everest was a particularly memorable challenge—not just because it is the tallest peak in the world, but because she did it alongside her father, Commander S. Karthikeyan.

“The most challenging part of climbing Mt. Everest was the day we went from Camp 3 to Camp 4, our summit camp. We had very bad weather, with constant whiteouts, and about 200 of the 250 climbers that day turned back to Camp 3. But we braved through it to reach Camp 4… It was even more special because I was climbing with my dad. Summiting Mt. Everest has been a dream both of us have seen for a very long time, and it was amazing to have climbed it together!” she recalls.

The Toughest Climb: Denali

While Everest was a monumental achievement, Kaamya considers Mount Denali in North America to be the most demanding climb due to its extreme conditions and lack of support.

“I think Mt. Denali (the highest peak in North America) was the most demanding climb. There are only seven companies that are allowed to guide expeditions on the mountain, and none of them were ready to take me since I was young, Indian, and a girl. So, we had to climb as an unguided expedition of just four climbers. Additionally, since there are no porters on the mountain, we had to carry not just our 20kg backpacks but also a 50kg sled with everything we needed to sustain the 20-day-long expedition,” she explains.

Despite the immense physical and mental endurance required, Kaamya credits her sporting background for instilling the discipline necessary for success.

“Being a sportswoman gives you a lot of focus, which shows up in different facets of life. Academics have always been a priority for me, and mountaineering has been my passion, so I’ve found time for both,” she says.

A Family’s Support and National Recognition

Kaamya acknowledges the crucial role her family has played in her journey.

“My parents’ role in my journey is very important. If my dad hadn’t started climbing in the Himalayas, I never would’ve even stepped into the Himalayas. And if not for my mother partnering with me and taking me on my initial climbs, my dreams would not have turned into reality.”

Her achievements have gained widespread recognition, including appreciation from Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi. During an interaction with national awardees, Modi told her that the accolade should serve as a “stepping stone to even more success in the future.” Reflecting on his words, Kaamya says, “That is something I strive to follow and live up to.”

The Next Challenge: Explorer’s Grand Slam

Kaamya is now setting her sights on an even bigger challenge—completing the Explorer’s Grand Slam, which involves scaling the Seven Summits and skiing to both the North and South Poles.

“I aim to become the youngest person in the world to complete the Explorer’s Grand Slam by climbing the Seven Summits and skiing to the North and South Poles. To complete this mission, I hope to ski to both Poles in 2025,” she declares, demonstrating her unwavering determination.

With her impressive achievements and clear vision for the future, Kaamya Karthikeyan is redefining what’s possible for young mountaineers, proving that passion, perseverance, and family support can turn dreams into reality.

NOAA Layoffs Spark Concern Over Climate Science and Ocean Monitoring

March 18, 2025 Staff ReporterScience 0

Heather Welch’s work once involved safeguarding marine life by preventing ship collisions with whales off the U.S. West Coast. However, she was abruptly dismissed via an email that gave her only 90 minutes to pack her belongings and leave.

Welch, an ecologist who had served nearly a decade at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), specialized in tracking marine animal movements. Her work was essential for guiding shipping routes and helping fisheries optimize their catches while minimizing harm to sea life like turtles and sea lions.

Welch is just one of over 1,000 NOAA employees who have lost their jobs in recent weeks due to sweeping layoffs at the country’s leading weather and climate agency. Some workers have since received emails stating that they are being reinstated due to a judge’s order and are now on administrative leave. However, their work remains stalled.

Even before President Donald Trump’s budget cuts, NOAA was understaffed, and now the agency faces even greater shortages. The team Welch was part of, which provided critical climate data to fisheries, was significantly affected. “Much of the work will have to be scaled back, if not stopped entirely,” Welch told CNN.

NOAA’s responsibilities are vast, but its ocean observation efforts are among the most crucial. Several scientists warned that the layoffs come at a dangerous time, as the world’s oceans undergo dramatic and poorly understood changes. These shifts have significant consequences for marine ecosystems, human populations, and the global economy.

In 2023 and 2024, global ocean temperatures broke heat records for an unprecedented 450 consecutive days. This extreme warming fueled stronger hurricanes, accelerated sea-level rise, devastated coral reefs, and led to mass marine life die-offs. Meanwhile, a key system of ocean currents is showing signs of instability, raising concerns about a potential collapse that could trigger drastic weather changes across the Northern Hemisphere.

The role NOAA plays in ocean science cannot be overstated. “If you’ve been to the ocean or experienced weather, NOAA has impacted you in some way,” said Tom Di Liberto, a climate scientist and former NOAA public affairs specialist who was also laid off in February.

NOAA’s extensive ocean monitoring system—consisting of satellites, research vessels, and robotic buoys—supplies real-time data for weather forecasts and ocean predictions. This information not only helps anticipate waves and tides but also supports long-term projections for critical issues such as reservoir water levels, snowpack, and hurricane activity.

The agency’s data, freely available to the public, is widely used by industries. With fewer experts available, the quality of these widely relied-upon services could deteriorate.

NOAA’s research also feeds into climate models that help scientists answer pressing questions, such as how much sea levels will rise over the next 50 years, how weather patterns will change, and what shifts will occur in agricultural production. “Scattershot” firings have now “created holes all over NOAA,” said Sarah Cooley, the former head of the agency’s ocean acidification program, warning that the risks could be severe.

The White House defended the layoffs, stating that “an extensive process was conducted to ensure that mission-critical functions to fulfill NOAA’s statutory responsibilities weren’t compromised.”

However, many experts worry that losing NOAA personnel could impact human safety. Warmer oceans lead to stronger storms, and without accurate predictions of storm intensity and landfall locations, more people could be at risk.

Another concern is the growing frequency of vibrio blooms—dangerous bacteria in seawater that can cause severe infections through cuts or contaminated shellfish. Without NOAA’s ability to track conditions that lead to these outbreaks, coastal populations and seafood consumers face higher health risks.

“What we’re talking about here is a wholesale decrease in NOAA’s ability to support communities,” Cooley emphasized.

Another major issue is the potential impact on NOAA’s ability to track and analyze El Niño and La Niña events. These natural climate cycles, which originate in the Pacific Ocean, significantly influence global weather patterns.

Other nations, such as Japan and Peru, also monitor these patterns, but the U.S. has long played a leading role in predicting them. NOAA’s forecasts “can literally move global markets,” Di Liberto said. He fears the layoffs will weaken international efforts to determine how climate change is affecting El Niño and La Niña, a question with profound implications for seasonal weather conditions worldwide.

NOAA’s work is also vital for the fishing industry. The United States boasts some of the most well-managed fisheries in the world, largely due to NOAA’s guidance. The agency provides data that helps the fishing industry optimize harvests while ensuring long-term sustainability.

The full consequences of the mass layoffs are not yet clear, but experts warn the first major test could come with an extreme weather event, such as a hurricane. “When you stress a system during extremes, that’s when things can break,” Di Liberto said.

One certainty, however, is that climate change-driven disasters affecting oceans and U.S. coastlines will only increase in the coming years.

A longer-term consequence of the layoffs is the loss of young scientists early in their careers. Allison Cluett, a research physical scientist at NOAA, was part of a team studying Pacific Ocean changes to assist fisheries in making informed long-term decisions. She described the layoffs as “heartbreaking,” saying, “The next generation of federal workers was just erased.”

The dismissal of young ocean scientists is a particularly damaging blow, given the growing economic opportunities tied to the ocean economy—including seafood, shipping, and renewable energy. Douglas McCauley, a professor of ocean science at the University of California, Santa Barbara, pointed out that many of these scientists could have taken lucrative private-sector jobs but instead chose NOAA because of their passion for marine research.

“By treating these scientists as if they are deadbeats, we risk losing them forever,” McCauley said. He warned that this could significantly hinder the U.S.’s ability to capitalize on the multitrillion-dollar ocean economy and maintain its status as a global leader in ocean research.

Meanwhile, other countries may take advantage of the U.S.’s weakened position in marine science. China, for example, is ramping up investments in ocean research. “Data is power, and that’s the same in the ocean as it is in any other domain,” McCauley said. “With these cuts and this downsizing, we’re ceding that power.”

The Psychology of Multilingualism: 7 Unique Traits of Bilingual and Polyglot Thinkers

March 18, 2025 Staff ReporterCulture 0

Being fluent in more than one language carries a unique charm—it’s more than just ordering a croissant in Paris or bargaining at a Moroccan bazaar. Multilingualism profoundly shapes how we think, perceive, and interact with the world.

Psychology suggests that multilingual individuals exhibit distinctive traits that go beyond cognitive benefits. In this article, we explore seven key characteristics that set multilingual thinkers apart.

1) Enhanced Cognitive Flexibility

Ever met someone who seamlessly switches between tasks without hesitation? Chances are, they might be multilingual.

Speaking multiple languages enhances cognitive flexibility—the ability to transition between different ideas and process multiple concepts simultaneously. This mental agility stems from the constant practice of switching between languages, strengthening the brain’s adaptability.

As psychologist Jean Piaget put it:

“The goal of education is not to increase the amount of knowledge but to create the possibilities for a child to invent and discover.”

Multilingual individuals embody this principle, demonstrating enhanced adaptability in complex situations.

2) Increased Cultural Sensitivity

Multilingualism isn’t just about language—it’s about culture. Learning a new language often brings an insider’s perspective on different traditions, customs, and ways of thinking.

Howard Gardner, the psychologist behind the theory of multiple intelligences, highlighted interpersonal intelligence—the ability to understand and relate to others. Multilingual individuals often develop this intelligence as they engage with diverse cultures.

As Gardner noted:

“An individual understands the world through different lenses.”

Speaking multiple languages means acquiring a set of cultural lenses, fostering a broader and more empathetic worldview.

3) Better Decision-Making Skills

Multilingual individuals may have an edge in making rational decisions. Studies suggest that thinking in a second language can reduce emotional bias, leading to more logical and well-reasoned choices.

Daniel Kahneman’s research on cognitive biases and decision-making supports this idea. He proposed two systems of thought:

System 1 – Fast, intuitive, emotional
System 2 – Slow, deliberative, logical

Switching between languages encourages engagement with System 2, promoting critical thinking and reducing impulsive judgments. As Kahneman noted:

“A reliable way to make people believe in falsehoods is frequent repetition, because familiarity is not easily distinguished from truth.”

Multilingualism equips individuals with tools to analyze situations from multiple perspectives, fostering better decision-making.

4) Superior Multitasking Abilities

Multilingual individuals excel at multitasking, thanks to their ability to switch between languages effortlessly. This constant mental juggling strengthens the brain’s executive functions, making them more adept at handling multiple tasks simultaneously.

Studies indicate that bilingual individuals outperform monolinguals in task-switching scenarios, as managing multiple languages acts as cognitive training. This ability extends to real-world tasks, from navigating busy schedules to problem-solving under pressure.

5) Enhanced Memory Recall

Speaking multiple languages strengthens memory. The process of learning and recalling vocabulary, grammar rules, and pronunciation provides continuous mental exercise, improving overall memory function.

Psychologist Carl Jung once said:

“All the works of man have their origin in creative fantasy. What right have we then to depreciate imagination?”

This insight applies to memory as well—multilingual individuals often engage their imagination when recalling linguistic structures, strengthening their ability to retain and retrieve information.

6) Increased Tolerance for Ambiguity

Navigating multiple languages means dealing with words that lack direct translations and cultural nuances that defy simple explanations. This experience fosters a greater tolerance for ambiguity, making multilingual individuals more comfortable with uncertainty.

Carl Rogers, a pioneer in humanistic psychology, highlighted the power of embracing uncertainty:

“The curious paradox is that when I accept myself just as I am, then I can change.”

By frequently encountering linguistic and cultural gray areas, multilingual thinkers develop resilience and open-mindedness, essential for adapting to unfamiliar situations.

7) Improved Attention to Detail

Multilingual individuals are naturally attuned to linguistic nuances—accents, intonations, and grammatical structures. This heightened awareness often extends beyond language, sharpening observational skills in other areas of life.

William James, the father of American psychology, noted:

“The art of being wise is the art of knowing what to overlook.”

For multilingual individuals, knowing what details to focus on—and what to ignore—is an essential skill, enhancing their ability to process and interpret information efficiently.

Final Thoughts

Language is more than a communication tool—it shapes cognition, perception, and behavior. The unique traits of multilingual individuals, from cognitive flexibility to cultural awareness, highlight the profound impact of language on human thought.

Every time you switch between languages, you’re not just translating words—you’re rewiring your brain, expanding your perspective, and sharpening your mind.

So whether you’re a polyglot or just beginning your language-learning journey, take pride in the cognitive advantages that come with multilingualism. It’s not just about fluency—it’s about cultivating a richer, more interconnected way of thinking.

U.S. Added to Watchlist for Faltering Civic Freedoms Amid Concerns Over Trump’s Actions

March 17, 2025March 19, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

A global watchdog organization has placed the United States on a list of countries experiencing “faltering civic freedoms” following concerns over President Donald Trump’s recent actions and policies.

CIVICUS, a nonprofit that advocates for democracy and human rights, included the U.S. in its first watchlist of the year on Monday. The organization noted that America, previously regarded as “a global champion for democracy and human rights,” has drawn scrutiny due to Trump’s efforts to reshape the federal government to align with his vision while distancing the U.S. from global affairs.

The United States is now listed among 37 other nations, including the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Pakistan, Chile, and Slovakia, under the category of countries with “narrowed” civic freedoms.

“This is an unparalleled attack on the rule of law in the United States, not seen since the days of McCarthyism in the twentieth century,” said Mandeep Tiwana, the interim co-secretary-general of CIVICUS, in a statement.

Tiwana further elaborated, saying, “Restrictive executive orders, unjustifiable institutional cutbacks, and intimidation tactics through threatening pronouncements by senior officials in the administration are creating an atmosphere to chill democratic dissent, a cherished American ideal.”

The “narrowed” designation by CIVICUS signifies that while people in these countries can still exercise civil liberties, violations of these rights occur periodically. This is the second-highest rating level, following the “open” category.

One of the primary concerns cited by the organization is Trump’s decision to dismiss large numbers of federal employees and replace them with individuals who demonstrate unwavering loyalty to him, a move that CIVICUS warns could “severely impact constitutional freedoms.”

Trump has deliberately chosen appointees based on their personal allegiance to him rather than their qualifications or expertise.

Among those involved in restructuring the government is billionaire Elon Musk, who, despite lacking an official title, has served as a “special government employee.” Musk has played a role in identifying areas within the federal workforce for reduction, seeking to eliminate what the administration views as inefficient or wasteful expenditures.

This initiative has led to significant changes within key government agencies. The U.S. Agency for International Development has been stripped of much of its authority to provide humanitarian aid and assistance, while the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has seen a reduction in its ability to regulate and enforce protections against fraud and unfair business practices.

Additionally, Trump has employed executive orders to consolidate power within the executive branch, thereby increasing his administration’s ability to oversee and control federal agencies, ensuring they align with his policy priorities.

These measures have included halting all diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives, suppressing pro-Palestinian student demonstrations, and promoting policies that reflect his administration’s ideological stance.

“The Trump administration seems hellbent on dismantling the system of checks and balances, which are the pillars of a democratic society,” Tiwana warned in the CIVICUS statement.

Monday’s designation is not the first time the U.S. has been downgraded on the watchdog’s list. In 2020, CIVICUS lowered the country’s status to “obstructed” after determining that the Trump administration had repressed mass protests.

NASA Astronauts Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore Conclude Extended Stay in Space Amid Health Concerns

March 17, 2025March 19, 2025 Staff ReporterScience 0

On March 14, what was initially planned as a short mission of just over a week stretched to an extensive nine-month stay in space. NASA astronauts Suni Williams and Butch Wilmore were originally assigned to the first crewed test flight on Boeing’s Starliner and were scheduled to remain at the International Space Station (ISS) for only ten days. However, when NASA detected several helium leaks and propulsion system issues with the spacecraft, it made the decision to send the capsule back without its crew. Consequently, the astronauts had to remain aboard the ISS until another mission could bring them back.

This situation is far from being a mere administrative inconvenience, akin to a low-gravity version of The Terminal. The impact of space on human health can be profound and potentially detrimental. For Williams and Wilmore, their extended stay at the ISS may have led to significant physiological effects.

The process of launching into space involves enduring g-forces more than twice what humans experience on Earth. Former NASA astronaut Dr. Sandy Magnus once likened the sensation to having a “70-pound gorilla sitting on your chest.” However, that is the last sensation of gravity astronauts feel until they reenter Earth’s atmosphere at the end of their mission. Once in orbit, they spend the remainder of their time weightless, floating in their seats.

The absence of gravity, though, is just one of the many ways space alters the human body. Astronauts have reported everything from deteriorating eyesight and genetic changes to skin rashes upon arrival. Some have even noted an unfamiliar sensation with fabric touching their bodies.

“In general, the environment in space causes an accelerated model for disease, and what we kind of say is an accelerated model for aging,” explained Dr. Afshin Beheshti, director of the Center for Space Biomedicine at the University of Pittsburgh. “But you don’t age faster, it’s just that all of the things associated with aging, like cardiovascular risk or cognitive issues… Everything is kind of sped up in space because of that environment.”

This week, four astronauts launched toward the ISS, where they will facilitate the return of Williams and Wilmore. Their extended stay places them among a small group of astronauts—just eight others—who have spent more than 200 days in space. NASA astronaut Frank Rubio holds the record with 371 days. Given the well-documented effects of prolonged space travel on the human body, it will take time for Williams and Wilmore to recover.

“When we get back, even to lift a pencil we will feel the weight,” Wilmore stated in a CNN interview last month. “That’s the transition back.”

One major reason for this difficulty is that gravity on Earth constantly acts upon the skeleton, prompting bone-building cells called osteoblasts to maintain bone density. Without gravity, bones weaken, losing approximately 1% of their density for every month spent in space without countermeasures. Similarly, muscles atrophy from disuse.

Despite daily exercise routines aimed at mitigating these effects, Williams and Wilmore will likely experience significant bone loss. Upon their return, they will be met by medical teams to initiate a 45-day post-mission recovery program, according to NASA’s Lead Flight Surgeon Dr. Stevan Gilmore.

“They work closely with trainers, dedicating two hours each day to return to their pre-flight baseline state of health and fitness,” Gilmore wrote in an email to Salon. “Generally, most crewmembers’ physiological systems recover within this timeframe.”

For comparison, NASA astronaut Scott Kelly, who spent one year in space, had to relearn how to walk after returning, Beheshti noted.

The Cool Down

“Being a year in space like that, it definitely takes a while for them to recoup the damage done,” Beheshti told Salon in a phone interview.

Kelly participated in NASA’s Twin Study, in which biomarkers from his body were compared to those of his twin brother, Sen. Mark Kelly, who remained on Earth. The results showed that Scott Kelly exhibited more signs of heart disease post-flight and developed Spaceflight Associated Neuro-ocular Syndrome (SANS). This condition arises when blood and cerebrospinal fluid shift upwards due to the absence of gravity, affecting both the brain and vision.

“He wasn’t wearing glasses before he went, but he came back and started wearing glasses,” Beheshti remarked.

Disruptions to the body’s internal clock also impact astronauts’ sleep and eating cycles. Some research indicates that spaceflight slows cognitive processing speeds, though performance returns to normal upon returning to Earth. Interestingly, some astronauts show improved cognitive focus while in space.

“Sometimes people actually perform better in space, and they’re even more focused, in a way,” said Dr. Chris Mason, a professor of physiology and biophysics at Weill Cornell Medicine. “But sometimes people get a little slower. It really depends on the crew member.”

Radiation is another significant concern in space. Without Earth’s ozone layer for protection, astronauts are exposed to radiation levels equivalent to a year’s worth of exposure on Earth for each week spent on the ISS. The severity of exposure depends on solar flares and cosmic rays.

This radiation exposure can disrupt cellular mitochondrial function, leading to broader health consequences.

“The mitochondria is your bioenergetics, so your energy in your body is produced by all of the mitochondria in your cells,” Beheshti explained. “When the bioenergetics are damaged, you can imagine that it has detrimental effects… impacting your immune system and circadian rhythm.”

Radiation exposure at these levels is associated with an increased risk of heart disease, cancer, and degenerative eye disorders. Studies tracking astronauts have identified changes in immune system function due to radiation and weightlessness.

A 2024 study in Communications Biology, led by Mason, found that astronauts in space had longer telomeres—DNA-protecting structures at the ends of chromosomes. While longer telomeres are generally associated with youth, they are also linked to cancer risks.

Mason’s study also found that space travel activates several genes involved in immune responses, likely as an adaptive reaction to the body’s stress.

“There are also anti-inflammatory markers called interleukins which get activated, and we’ve seen some of them in almost every mission, so we would expect that they would also have them here,” Mason said. “We see a lot of genes for DNA repair get activated, like the body is detecting some of the damage and then repairing that damage, which is a normal adaptive response.”

While most of these cellular changes revert within weeks of returning to Earth, recovery rates vary. About 90% of the gene changes Scott Kelly experienced returned to normal within six months, and telomere alterations stabilized within days.

However, scientists continue to study ways to reduce astronauts’ health risks. Radiation remains a major challenge, as high-energy particles can break DNA strands. Research efforts are exploring small molecules that might improve radiation resistance, with potential benefits for both astronauts and cancer patients undergoing radiation therapy.

Some researchers are investigating whether induced “artificial hibernation” could mitigate radiation’s harmful effects. Recent studies on animals suggest that entering a hibernation-like state reduces the damage caused by radiation.

“When there’s radiation damage caused to your body, you create reactive oxygen species, and that causes downstream things to impact your immune system… while also suppressing your mitochondria,” Beheshti explained. “But when your body shuts down in that hibernation state, like in these animals, those reactive oxygen species stop getting produced as much, and then there seems to be less damage caused by the radiation.”

With commercial space travel expanding and figures like Elon Musk advocating for missions to Mars, these concerns underscore the challenges of prolonged spaceflight. Human bodies, evolved over millions of years under Earth’s gravity and atmospheric conditions, face immense obstacles in space.

Although Williams and Wilmore trained extensively for this mission, their recovery will take time. Yet, they do not seem troubled by their extended stay.

“I think both of us will be a little bit sad when that feeling of space leaves us after about 24 hours,” Williams reflected in the CNN interview. “That means that physically the spaceflight came to an end.”

Trump Invokes Alien Enemies Act to Deport Venezuelan Migrants, Faces Legal Hurdles

March 17, 2025March 19, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

On Saturday, President Donald Trump invoked the Alien Enemies Act of 1798, asserting that the U.S. was under invasion by a Venezuelan gang. The law, originally designed for wartime, grants the president significant authority, enabling him to accelerate mass deportations of undocumented immigrants. This move signals a potential intensification of Trump’s immigration enforcement efforts.

Trump’s order specifically targets the Tren de Aragua gang, which he claims is operating as a hostile force under the Venezuelan government’s direction. “Over the years, Venezuelan national and local authorities have ceded ever-greater control over their territories to transnational criminal organizations, including TdA,” Trump stated, as reported by the Associated Press. He further argued, “The result is a hybrid criminal state that is perpetrating an invasion of and predatory incursion into the United States, and which poses a substantial danger to the United States.”

The declaration came on the same day that a federal judge in Washington blocked the administration from deporting five Venezuelans under the anticipated order, indicating potential legal resistance. Even before Trump’s official announcement, a federal judge had intervened to prevent these deportations using the Alien Enemies Act, signaling an immediate legal battle.

Legal Challenges and Court Rulings

Civil rights organizations, including the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and Democracy Forward, quickly filed an urgent lawsuit in Washington’s federal court. They argued that Trump’s order classified Tren de Aragua as a “predatory incursion” orchestrated by a foreign government, a move that could lead to indiscriminate deportations of Venezuelans.

DC Circuit Chief Judge James E. Boasberg issued a temporary restraining order, valid for 14 days, to shield five Venezuelans in immigration custody who were at risk of imminent deportation under the act. Boasberg’s ruling sought to preserve the current situation while scheduling a hearing to determine whether broader protections should be extended to all Venezuelans in the U.S.

The Trump administration swiftly challenged the restraining order, arguing that blocking presidential action before its execution would significantly hinder executive operations. The Justice Department warned that allowing such judicial interventions could enable district courts to obstruct crucial national security measures, including intelligence operations, drone strikes, or counterterrorism efforts. The administration urged the court to prevent such a precedent from taking hold.

What Is the Alien Enemies Act?

The Alien Enemies Act, part of the Alien and Sedition Acts of 1798, is a law designed for use during wartime or when the U.S. faces an imminent invasion threat from a foreign nation. It grants the president the authority to detain or deport foreign nationals from enemy countries during conflicts, with a particular focus on recent immigrants who might be perceived as aligning with U.S. adversaries.

When Was the Alien Enemies Act Last Used?

According to CNN, legal experts believe invoking the act outside of wartime—especially in response to threats from criminal gangs or cartels—would present legal challenges unless the U.S. were under direct attack by a foreign government.

The Alien Enemies Act has been invoked three times in U.S. history, each instance occurring during wartime. As noted by the Brennan Center, it was used during World War I and World War II to detain and deport individuals from Germany, the Austro-Hungarian Empire, Italy, and Japan. Additionally, the act played a central role in the internment of Japanese Americans during World War II, a highly controversial episode in U.S. history.

Presidential Powers Under the Alien Enemies Act

The act grants the president broad authority, including:

Detention and Deportation: The president can detain or deport any male over the age of 14 from an enemy nation if they are deemed a potential threat.
National Security Measures: The act provides a legal framework for mitigating risks posed by foreign nationals from hostile nations to protect U.S. interests.
Restrictions on Movement and Property: The president can impose travel restrictions or require individuals to report regularly to authorities.
Expedited Mass Deportations: The act allows the president to bypass certain immigration and criminal law protections, facilitating rapid deportations of individuals designated as threats.

Key Implications of Trump’s Order

1. Legal Challenges and Constitutional Concerns

Civil rights organizations, including the ACLU, have already initiated lawsuits, arguing that Trump’s order violates due process and immigrants’ legal rights. A federal judge’s temporary block on some deportations suggests a prolonged legal battle is ahead.

2. Targeting of Venezuelan Migrants

Trump has justified his order by focusing on the Tren de Aragua gang, alleging that it has connections to Venezuela’s government. However, this designation could impact thousands of Venezuelan migrants in the U.S., many of whom fled economic hardship and political repression.

3. Potential Diplomatic Fallout

Trump’s move may strain U.S.-Venezuela relations, particularly if deported individuals face persecution under President Nicolás Maduro’s regime. Maduro’s government has long been at odds with the U.S., and mass deportations could heighten tensions.

4. Uncertainty for Undocumented Immigrants

The order has created widespread fear and uncertainty among undocumented Venezuelan migrants, who now face the possibility of detention or deportation without standard legal protections.

5. Use of Detention Centers and International Transfers

The Trump administration has announced plans to relocate approximately 300 suspected gang members to detention facilities in El Salvador. This decision has drawn criticism from human rights groups concerned about the treatment of detainees in these facilities.

6. Broader Immigration Crackdown

Trump’s move signals his commitment to aggressively pursuing stricter immigration policies, potentially laying the groundwork for more expansive crackdowns if he secures a second term. The use of the Alien Enemies Act in this context raises concerns about its future application beyond Venezuelan migrants.

A Test for Executive Power

Trump’s decision to invoke the Alien Enemies Act marks a significant escalation in his immigration policy. While his administration argues that this move is necessary for national security, legal experts caution that using a wartime law to target migrant groups could face substantial constitutional hurdles.

The federal court’s intervention suggests that judicial challenges will continue to shape the fate of Trump’s order. The restraining order issued by Judge Boasberg may be just the first of many legal barriers Trump faces in implementing this measure.

The Road Ahead

With ongoing court battles, diplomatic considerations, and human rights concerns, Trump’s use of the Alien Enemies Act remains a contentious issue. While supporters see it as a necessary tool to combat transnational crime, opponents view it as an overreach that could set a dangerous precedent for future immigration policies.

The coming weeks will be crucial as the administration seeks to defend its actions in court, while advocacy groups continue their efforts to challenge what they see as an unlawful and unconstitutional policy. The ultimate outcome of this legal battle could have lasting implications for immigration enforcement and executive authority in the U.S.

India Poised to Become World’s Third-Largest Economy by 2028: Morgan Stanley

March 17, 2025March 18, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

Despite global economic uncertainties, India is set to become the world’s third-largest economy by 2028, according to Morgan Stanley’s latest report. The country’s share in global production is increasing, driven by macroeconomic stability, policy measures, and enhanced infrastructure. India is projected to surpass Germany’s GDP to secure the third position in the global economic rankings.

By 2026, the Indian economy is expected to grow to $4.7 trillion, placing it as the fourth-largest economy after the U.S., China, and Germany. By 2028, India will surpass Germany with an estimated GDP of $5.7 trillion.

Morgan Stanley’s data traces India’s economic progress over the decades. In 1990, India was the 12th-largest economy in the world, slipping to 13th place in 2000. However, it climbed back to ninth position by 2020 and then further to fifth place by 2023. The report projects India’s share in global GDP to increase from 3.5% in 2023 to 4.5% by 2029.

Three Possible Economic Growth Scenarios

Morgan Stanley outlined three possible growth trajectories for India’s economy:

Bear Scenario – The economy expands from $3.65 trillion in 2025 to $6.6 trillion by 2035.
Base Scenario – India’s GDP grows to $8.8 trillion by 2035.
Bull Scenario – The country’s economy could reach $10.3 trillion by 2035.

GDP per capita is also expected to rise significantly across these scenarios. By 2035, under the Bear scenario, it could reach $4,247, while in the Base scenario, it may increase to $5,683. Under the Bull scenario, GDP per capita could rise as high as $6,706.

India’s Growing Global Economic Influence

The report emphasized that India is gaining prominence in the global economy due to strong foundational factors. “India is likely gaining share in global output in the coming decades driven by strong foundational factors, including robust population growth, a functioning democracy, macro stability influenced policy, better infrastructure, a rising entrepreneurial class and improving social outcomes,” Morgan Stanley stated.

The report further highlighted India’s growing attractiveness as a key consumer market. “The implication is that India will be the world’s most sought-after consumer market, it will undergo a major energy transition, credit to GDP will rise and manufacturing could gain share in GDP,” it noted.

Economic Growth on the Path to Recovery

According to Morgan Stanley, India’s economic growth is already showing signs of recovery. “High-frequency indicators were mixed in recent weeks but are distinctly better than a couple of months ago. We expect growth to recover after a 2H24 (second half of 2024) slowdown on fiscal and monetary policy support, with recovery in service exports,” the report said.

For the financial year ending March 31, 2025 (FY2024-25), India’s GDP is expected to grow at a rate of 6.3%, rising to 6.5% in the following fiscal year.

“Macro-stability should remain in the comfort range, providing flexibility to policymakers,” the report noted. The recovery in consumption is projected to become more widespread, aided by income tax cuts that are expected to boost urban demand, while rural consumption levels remain strong.

Public and Household Capital Expenditure to Drive Growth

Investments are expected to play a crucial role in India’s economic expansion. According to Morgan Stanley, public and household capital expenditure (capex) will be the primary drivers of growth, while private corporate investments are anticipated to recover at a gradual pace.

Additionally, the strength in services exports is expected to have a positive impact on the labor market. This, combined with moderating inflation, is likely to improve overall purchasing power.

Domestic demand, supported by policy initiatives on both the monetary and fiscal fronts, is projected to be a key contributor to economic expansion.

Inflation Expected to Stabilize at 4.3% by FY27

Inflation has shown signs of cooling, with headline Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation decreasing from its recent peak, now hovering near 4%. This decline is primarily attributed to falling food prices. Core inflation has remained stable, contributing to overall economic stability.

Morgan Stanley expects inflation to reach 4.3% in FY2026-27, down from an estimated 4.9% in FY2025. The outlook for inflation remains contingent on food prices, which account for 46% of the CPI basket and are expected to soften further in the coming months.

Current Account Deficit Remains Under Control

Despite weak global demand affecting goods exports, India’s strong service exports are helping to balance its trade position. As a result, Morgan Stanley expects the country’s current account deficit to remain below 1% of GDP in FY2025-27, ensuring continued stability in India’s external balance sheet.

Possible Rate Cut by RBI in April

On the monetary policy front, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has been easing policies across multiple areas, including interest rates, liquidity measures, and regulatory changes. In February, the RBI initiated a rate-cutting cycle, and Morgan Stanley anticipates another 25 basis points (bps) reduction in April.

Fiscal Strategy: Encouraging Consumption and Capital Expenditure

India’s fiscal policies aim to sustain economic recovery by boosting consumption through income tax cuts and prioritizing capital expenditure (capex). At the same time, the government is maintaining macroeconomic stability by ensuring fiscal discipline.

Global Risks: Trade Wars, U.S. Federal Reserve, and Market Conditions

While India’s economic trajectory appears strong, risks remain, particularly from external factors. “We closely monitor developments on trade and tariff policies by the US government, alongside the strength in the dollar, Fed’s reaction function and global growth and financial conditions,” Morgan Stanley stated.

Domestically, the report warned of potential risks, including excessive government spending at the state level or shifts in policy that could undermine macroeconomic stability.

The most critical factor influencing India’s growth trajectory will be global conditions, including U.S. economic policies and worldwide growth trends.

US Green Card Holders Facing Increased Scrutiny at Ports of Entry

March 17, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Immigration attorneys are reporting a rise in the number of green card holders, including Indian nationals, being subjected to secondary inspections and even overnight detentions at U.S. airports by Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers. In some instances, individuals are being pressured to voluntarily relinquish their green cards. Among those most vulnerable are elderly Indian immigrants who reside with their children in the United States but spend the winter months in India.

Legal experts emphasize a crucial piece of advice: never surrender a green card. Holders of this status have the right to present their case before an immigration judge.

Lawyers Warn Against Voluntarily Surrendering Green Cards

Under the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA), lawful permanent residents (LPRs), commonly known as green card holders, who remain outside the U.S. for more than 180 daysare considered to be seeking “re-admission” and are therefore subject to grounds of inadmissibility. Generally, concerns about the abandonment of green card status arise when a holder remains outside the U.S. for over a year. However, even shorter absences—such as seasonal stays in India—are now drawing heightened scrutiny.

Ashwin Sharma, an immigration attorney based in Florida, shared his experience with such cases. “I have personally handled cases recently where the CBP has targeted elderly Indian green card holders, particularly grandparents who happen to have spent a bit longer outside the U.S., and pressured them to sign Form I-407 to ‘voluntarily’ surrender their lawful permanent resident status (green card). And the moment they have tried to push back, they have been met with threats of detention or ‘removal’ by the CBP officers who have been emboldened by Trump to see themselves as judge, jury, and executioner,” he stated.

Seattle-based immigration attorney Kripa Upadhyay underscored the importance of resisting pressure to surrender the green card. “Generally, an individual’s green card cannot be revoked by the border unless the person ‘voluntarily’ surrenders (by signing Form I-407). If a green card holder has spent more than 365 days out of the U.S., they are deemed to have ‘abandoned’ their residence. Even if this is the allegation, the green card holder has the right to challenge this in court, but they lose this right if they ‘voluntarily’ surrender at the airport!”

The Importance of Documentation in Proving Permanent Residence

Snehal Batra, managing attorney at NPZ Law Group, emphasized that only an immigration judge has the authority to revoke a green card. “Only an immigration judge can take away a green card, so individuals should not sign this form. Unfortunately, people do not realize this because they are afraid, confused, or do not understand what they are signing due to language barriers. This is a particular problem for our elderly green card holders who spend winter months in India and may not have sufficient evidence to prove maintenance of permanent resident status. Through documentation such as ownership of property, tax returns, and employment, one can overcome a presumption of abandonment,” she explained.

Batra cited an example of a green card holder who faced secondary inspection because he had spent significant time in India since acquiring his lawful permanent resident status over six years ago. Although he never exceeded the six-month (180-day) absence threshold, CBP officers scrutinized his travel history, determining that he returned to the U.S. primarily to retain his green card status rather than to live permanently in the country. “He was lucky this time and was admitted into the country but warned by CBP to give up his green card if he was not living in the U.S. on a permanent basis,” she noted.

Misconceptions About Green Card Maintenance

Rajiv S. Khanna, an immigration attorney based in Arlington, issued a word of caution to those who believe that periodic visits to the U.S. are enough to retain their green card. “One of the common scenarios that I have provided consultations on is when green card holders are not living in the U.S. They may visit every few months and consider that to be sufficient. That is legally incorrect. Maintaining a green card requires establishing and maintaining a permanent home in the U.S. Anything short of that can be grounds for ‘lifting the green card’ for abandonment,” he warned.

Jesse Bless, another immigration attorney, echoed this sentiment. “Lawful permanent residents who are outside the U.S. for more than a year (without a re-entry permit) are getting a notice to appear in removal proceedings,” he said.

Increased Enforcement Under the Trump Administration

Greg Siskin, co-founder of the immigration law firm Siskin Susser, recalled instances during the previous Trump administration where CBP officials went to extreme lengths to encourage green card surrenders. “During the previous Trump administration, there were sky marshals who were passing forms out on planes asking people to surrender their green cards, and people were calling and texting from the planes asking what to do. People need to not surrender their cards. But they must be prepared to sit for a while in secondary inspection. It is possible a CBP officer could even detain a person overnight. But a person is entitled to a hearing in front of a judge, and most judges are not going to be happy about these cases going in front of them, so I suspect CBP will cave in if a person is adamant about not surrendering,” he explained.

Protecting Green Card Status: Steps to Take

Given the increased scrutiny faced by green card holders, particularly those who spend extended periods outside the U.S., immigration attorneys recommend taking proactive steps to demonstrate continued residency.

Avoid Extended Absences: Whenever possible, green card holders should avoid remaining outside the U.S. for extended periods, particularly for more than 180 days. If travel is necessary, securing a re-entry permit before leaving can provide additional protection.
Maintain U.S. Ties: Demonstrating strong ties to the U.S. can help counter claims of abandonment. This includes keeping a primary residence, filing U.S. tax returns as a resident, maintaining U.S. bank accounts, and having employment or business interests in the country.
Keep Detailed Documentation: Green card holders should retain records that prove their commitment to residing in the U.S. This includes home ownership or lease agreements, utility bills, tax returns, and evidence of family ties in the country.
Seek Legal Advice: If subjected to secondary inspection or pressured to surrender a green card, individuals should remain firm and request legal counsel. Signing Form I-407 voluntarily waives the right to a hearing before an immigration judge, a step that could be difficult to reverse later.
Understand the Risks: Those who frequently travel abroad should be aware that merely returning to the U.S. at regular intervals is insufficient to maintain green card status. A pattern of long absences may prompt CBP officers to question residency intentions.

Conclusion

The growing number of green card holders, especially elderly Indian immigrants, facing scrutiny at U.S. ports of entry highlights the need for vigilance. With reports of CBP officers pressuring individuals to surrender their green cards, immigration attorneys stress that lawful permanent residents must not sign Form I-407 without fully understanding the consequences.

As immigration policies continue to be enforced strictly, it is crucial for green card holders to stay informed, document their residency, and seek legal assistance when necessary. In cases of secondary inspection or threats of removal, asserting the right to a hearing before an immigration judge can make a significant difference in protecting one’s lawful permanent resident status.

Trump Administration Moves to Silence Voice of America and Other Pro-Democracy Media

March 17, 2025 Staff ReporterMedia 0

The administration of President Donald Trump began implementing significant reductions to Voice of America (VOA) and other government-run pro-democracy media on Saturday, placing all VOA employees on leave.

Late Friday, following the passage of Congress’s latest funding bill, Trump ordered his administration to minimize the functions of several federal agencies to the bare legal requirement. This directive affected the U.S. Agency for Global Media, the entity overseeing Voice of America, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, Radio Free Asia, and Radio Marti, which provides Spanish-language news broadcasts into Cuba.

On Saturday morning, Kari Lake, a former Arizona gubernatorial and U.S. Senate candidate whom Trump appointed as a senior adviser to the agency, made an announcement on X urging employees to check their emails. Shortly afterward, notices were distributed, informing Voice of America staff that they were being placed on paid administrative leave.

“For the first time in 83 years, the storied Voice of America is being silenced,” said Michael Abramowitz, VOA’s director, in a statement. He noted that nearly all of the agency’s 1,300 employees had been placed on leave.

“VOA promotes freedom and democracy around the world by telling America’s story and by providing objective and balanced news and information, especially for those living under tyranny,” Abramowitz stated.

One journalist, speaking anonymously due to restrictions on commenting publicly, remarked, “We expected something like this to happen, and it just happened to be today.”

The decision was strongly criticized by press advocacy group Reporters Without Borders, which released a statement saying it “condemns this decision as a departure from the U.S.’s historic role as a defender of free information and calls on the U.S. government to restore VOA and urges Congress and the international community to take action against this unprecedented move.”

Alongside Voice of America, the U.S. Agency for Global Media issued notices terminating grants for Radio Free Asia and other agency-funded programs. VOA serves as a conduit for U.S. news to international audiences, frequently translating content into local languages. Similarly, Radio Free Asia, Radio Free Europe, and Radio Marti provide news coverage to regions under authoritarian rule, such as China, North Korea, and Russia.

“The cancellation of Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty’s grant agreement would be a massive gift to America’s enemies,” stated Stephen Capus, the network’s President and CEO.

These government-backed networks collectively reach an estimated 427 million people. Established during the Cold War, they form part of a broader U.S. strategy to promote American influence and counter authoritarian narratives—a mission that also includes USAID, another agency facing cuts under Trump’s directive.

The reduction represents a significant shift in post-Cold War international media efforts, which have historically enjoyed bipartisan support. Previous directors of Voice of America have included figures like Dick Carlson, father of conservative commentator Tucker Carlson.

Thomas Kent, former president and CEO of Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, acknowledged the uncertainty surrounding the administration’s plans for the agencies. He emphasized that without these news outlets, conveying U.S. perspectives to the world would become more challenging.

“Without the international broadcasting, the image of the United States and the Trump administration will be in the hands of others, including the administration’s opponents, (and) countries and people who consider the United States an enemy,” Kent, now an international media ethics consultant, stated.

Kari Lake, in a video posted on X on Saturday, framed the move as a cost-cutting initiative, omitting any mention of the employees affected or VOA’s mission. The video was recorded outside a building leased by VOA, which she described as an unnecessary expense. She indicated her intention to break the agency’s 15-year lease on the property.

“We’re doing everything we can to cancel contracts that can be cancelled, save more, downsize and make sure there’s no misuse of your dollars,” Lake stated.

The notification sent to employees formally placed them on administrative leave while ensuring continued pay and benefits “until otherwise notified.” It also instructed staff to refrain from using Agency for Global Media facilities and to return government-issued equipment, including phones and computers.

Trump’s administration had already been taking steps to assert greater control over Voice of America. Earlier this week, it terminated contracts that permitted VOA to access content from independent news providers like The Associated Press.

Additionally, the administration barred the AP from participating in White House press pools covering the president and moved to assume authority over which news outlets are included in such press groups. Furthermore, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is currently investigating major news organizations, including CBS.

Trump’s order to scale back government functions extends beyond media agencies. Several other lesser-known entities are also affected, including the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, a nonpartisan think tank, the United States Interagency Council on Homelessness, and the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund.